mirror of
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/git/emacs.git
synced 2024-12-24 10:38:38 +00:00
7089 lines
278 KiB
Plaintext
7089 lines
278 KiB
Plaintext
GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 23 Jan 1999
|
||
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
See the end for copying conditions.
|
||
|
||
Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
|
||
For older news, see the file ONEWS.
|
||
|
||
|
||
* Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
|
||
|
||
** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
|
||
the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
|
||
|
||
* Changes in Emacs 21.1
|
||
|
||
** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
|
||
under XFree86. To enable this, simply put (mwheel-install) in your
|
||
.emacs file.
|
||
|
||
The variables `mwheel-follow-mouse' and `mwheel-scroll-amount'
|
||
determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
|
||
|
||
** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
|
||
abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
|
||
`directory-abbrev-alist'.
|
||
|
||
** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
|
||
is running in batch mode. For example,
|
||
|
||
(message "%s" (read t))
|
||
|
||
will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
|
||
to standard output.
|
||
|
||
** Faces and frame parameters.
|
||
|
||
There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
|
||
Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
|
||
`scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
|
||
`scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
|
||
sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
|
||
for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
|
||
parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
|
||
|
||
Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
|
||
`default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
|
||
`foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
|
||
`default' face and vice versa.
|
||
|
||
** New face `menu'.
|
||
|
||
The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
|
||
Setting the font of LessTif/Motif menus is currently not supported;
|
||
attempts to set the font are ignored in this case.
|
||
|
||
** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
|
||
|
||
The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
|
||
colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
|
||
correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
|
||
the screen gamma of a frame's display.
|
||
|
||
PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
|
||
in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
|
||
color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
|
||
|
||
The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
|
||
`ScreenGamma'.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
|
||
|
||
The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
|
||
Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
|
||
oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
|
||
of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
|
||
the text.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs has a new face implementation.
|
||
|
||
The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
|
||
font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
|
||
height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
|
||
These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
|
||
specify a font.
|
||
|
||
Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
|
||
These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
|
||
under Lisp changes, below.
|
||
|
||
** New default font is Courier 12pt.
|
||
|
||
** When using a windowing terminal, Emacs window now has a cursor of
|
||
its own. When the window is selected, the cursor is solid; otherwise,
|
||
it is hollow.
|
||
|
||
** Bitmap areas to the left and right of windows are used to display
|
||
truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
|
||
foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
|
||
customizing face `fringe'.
|
||
|
||
** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default. You
|
||
can change its appearance by modifying the face `modeline'.
|
||
|
||
** LessTif support.
|
||
|
||
Emacs now runs with LessTif (see <http://www.lesstif.org>). You will
|
||
need a version 0.88.1 or later.
|
||
|
||
** Toolkit scroll bars.
|
||
|
||
Emacs now uses toolkit scrollbars if available. When configured for
|
||
LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scrollbar. Otherwise, when
|
||
configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
|
||
bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
|
||
bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
|
||
Emacs.
|
||
|
||
When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
|
||
Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
|
||
Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
|
||
Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
|
||
define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
|
||
`s/freebsd.h' as an example.
|
||
|
||
Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
|
||
a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
|
||
directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
|
||
different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
|
||
system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
|
||
add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
|
||
|
||
The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
|
||
`float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
|
||
This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
|
||
image configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
|
||
Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
|
||
|
||
** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
|
||
|
||
When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
|
||
widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
|
||
Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
|
||
|
||
** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
|
||
|
||
When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
|
||
whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
|
||
defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
|
||
highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
|
||
displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
|
||
whitespace.
|
||
|
||
** Busy-cursor.
|
||
|
||
Emacs can optionally display a busy-cursor under X. You can turn the
|
||
display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
|
||
|
||
** Blinking cursor
|
||
|
||
M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
|
||
terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
|
||
and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
|
||
the group `cursor'.
|
||
|
||
** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
|
||
|
||
This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
|
||
generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
|
||
See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
|
||
details.
|
||
|
||
Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
|
||
have to do anything to activate it.
|
||
|
||
** Tabs and variable-width text.
|
||
|
||
Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
|
||
defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
|
||
independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
|
||
Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
|
||
|
||
** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
|
||
|
||
*** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
|
||
|
||
emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
|
||
|
||
The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the Motif
|
||
one.
|
||
|
||
*** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, like in
|
||
Motif.
|
||
|
||
** Hscrolling in C code.
|
||
|
||
Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically.
|
||
|
||
** Tool bar support.
|
||
|
||
Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
|
||
how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level changes.
|
||
|
||
** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
|
||
|
||
Different parts of the mode line under X have been made
|
||
mouse-sensitive. Moving the mouse to a mouse-sensitive part in the mode
|
||
line changes the appearance of the mouse pointer to an arrow, and help
|
||
about available mouse actions is displayed either in the echo area, or
|
||
in the tooltip window if you have enabled one.
|
||
|
||
Currently, the following actions have been defined:
|
||
|
||
- Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line switches between two
|
||
buffers.
|
||
|
||
- Mouse-2 on the buffer-name switches to the next buffer, and
|
||
M-mouse-2 switches to the previous buffer in the buffer list.
|
||
|
||
- Mouse-3 on the buffer-name displays a buffer menu.
|
||
|
||
- Mouse-1 on the read-only status in the mode line (`%' or `*')
|
||
toggles the read-only status.
|
||
|
||
- Mouse-3 on the mode name display a minor-mode menu.
|
||
|
||
** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
|
||
|
||
When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
|
||
from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
|
||
non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
|
||
|
||
Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
|
||
Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
|
||
the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
|
||
italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
|
||
Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
|
||
attributes like overlines, strike-throught, box are ignored.
|
||
|
||
** Sound support
|
||
|
||
Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
|
||
(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
|
||
Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
|
||
(*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
|
||
to enable sound support.
|
||
|
||
** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
|
||
the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
|
||
forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
|
||
value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
|
||
users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
|
||
even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
|
||
|
||
The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
|
||
|
||
** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
|
||
|
||
As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
|
||
drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
|
||
`x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
|
||
|
||
** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
|
||
bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi).
|
||
|
||
This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
|
||
`indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
|
||
variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
|
||
|
||
** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
|
||
|
||
When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
|
||
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggessively' is a
|
||
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
|
||
fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
|
||
|
||
When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
|
||
value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggessively' is a
|
||
number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
|
||
fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
|
||
|
||
** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
|
||
notably at the end of lines.
|
||
|
||
All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
|
||
spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
|
||
|
||
** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
|
||
query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
|
||
after each match to get the replacement text.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
|
||
|
||
If a message is longer than one line, or mini-buffer contents are
|
||
longer than one line, Emacs now resizes the mini-window unless it is
|
||
on a frame of its own. You can control the maximum mini-window size
|
||
by setting the following variable:
|
||
|
||
- User option: max-mini-window-height
|
||
|
||
Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
|
||
fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
|
||
specifies a number of lines. If nil, don't resize.
|
||
|
||
Default is 0.25.
|
||
|
||
** Comint (subshell) changes
|
||
|
||
Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
|
||
and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
|
||
|
||
The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
|
||
buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
|
||
buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
|
||
|
||
The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
|
||
M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
|
||
the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to TeX mode
|
||
|
||
The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
|
||
`latex-mode'.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
||
|
||
*** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
|
||
created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
|
||
Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
|
||
macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
|
||
sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
|
||
can be edited from that buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
|
||
items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
|
||
`A' to use all marked entries).
|
||
|
||
*** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
|
||
memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
|
||
|
||
*** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
|
||
in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
|
||
to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
|
||
been cited.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
|
||
The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
|
||
semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
|
||
in column 1 are always made leaves.
|
||
|
||
** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
|
||
has the following new features:
|
||
|
||
*** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
|
||
may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
|
||
to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
|
||
time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
|
||
|
||
*** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
|
||
feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
|
||
file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
|
||
compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
|
||
pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
|
||
defaults to 1.
|
||
|
||
** Tooltips.
|
||
|
||
Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
|
||
mouse position. To use them, use the Lisp package `tooltip' which you
|
||
can access via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
|
||
|
||
Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
|
||
variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
|
||
the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
|
||
tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
|
||
|
||
** Customize changes
|
||
|
||
*** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
|
||
`State' menu to add comments. Note that customization comments will
|
||
cause the customizations to fail in earlier versions of Emacs.
|
||
|
||
*** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
|
||
Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
|
||
default).
|
||
|
||
** New features in evaluation commands
|
||
|
||
The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
|
||
modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
|
||
print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the
|
||
customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
|
||
eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
|
||
|
||
** Dired changes
|
||
|
||
*** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
|
||
command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
|
||
is, delete only empty directories.
|
||
|
||
*** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
|
||
command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
|
||
copy directories recursively.
|
||
|
||
*** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
|
||
in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
|
||
the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
|
||
|
||
** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
|
||
use the -f option when sending mail.
|
||
|
||
** Isearch changes
|
||
|
||
*** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
|
||
selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
|
||
|
||
*** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
|
||
|
||
Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
|
||
`isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
|
||
search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
|
||
before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
|
||
highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
|
||
`secondary-selection'.
|
||
|
||
The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
|
||
will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
|
||
Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
|
||
using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
|
||
usual snappy response.
|
||
|
||
If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
|
||
matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
|
||
set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
|
||
isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
|
||
|
||
|
||
** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
|
||
names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
|
||
sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
|
||
|
||
** Shell script mode changes.
|
||
|
||
Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
|
||
derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizeable, and
|
||
sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
|
||
|
||
** Etags changes.
|
||
|
||
*** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
|
||
|
||
*** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
|
||
possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
|
||
{lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
|
||
This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
|
||
a regular expression. The manual contains details.
|
||
|
||
*** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
|
||
declarations when given the --declarations option.
|
||
|
||
*** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
|
||
"operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
|
||
|
||
*** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
|
||
types.
|
||
|
||
*** In Fortran, procedure is no more tagged.
|
||
|
||
*** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
|
||
|
||
*** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
|
||
are now tagged.
|
||
|
||
*** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
|
||
variables are tagged.
|
||
|
||
*** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
|
||
|
||
*** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
|
||
for PSWrap.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in etags.el
|
||
|
||
*** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
|
||
the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
|
||
|
||
If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
|
||
FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
|
||
TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
|
||
obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
|
||
|
||
TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
|
||
|
||
FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
|
||
List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
|
||
|
||
A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
|
||
|
||
'(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
|
||
("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
|
||
("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
|
||
|
||
*** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
|
||
of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
|
||
|
||
*** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
|
||
names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
|
||
and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
|
||
LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
|
||
|
||
** New language environments `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
|
||
These correspond respectively to the ISO character sets 8859-14
|
||
(Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign). There is
|
||
currently no specific input method support for them.
|
||
|
||
** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sqeuence-nos' to
|
||
remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
|
||
appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
|
||
|
||
** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
|
||
|
||
** New modes and packages
|
||
|
||
*** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
|
||
|
||
*** hl-line.el provides a minor mode to highlight the current line.
|
||
|
||
*** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
|
||
|
||
*** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
|
||
Pascal) language.
|
||
|
||
*** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
|
||
the text at point.
|
||
|
||
*** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
|
||
|
||
*** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
|
||
|
||
*** whitespace.el ???
|
||
|
||
*** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
|
||
files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
|
||
(very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
|
||
interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
|
||
often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
|
||
uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
|
||
codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
|
||
|
||
*** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
|
||
|
||
Here is an example of columns:
|
||
|
||
horse apple bus
|
||
dog pineapple car EXTRA
|
||
porcupine strawberry airplane
|
||
|
||
Doing the following settings:
|
||
|
||
(setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
|
||
(setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
|
||
(setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
|
||
(setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
|
||
|
||
|
||
Selecting the lines above and typing:
|
||
|
||
M-x delimit-columns-region
|
||
|
||
It results:
|
||
|
||
[ horse , apple , bus , ]
|
||
[ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
|
||
[ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
|
||
|
||
delim-col has the following options:
|
||
|
||
delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
|
||
before all columns.
|
||
|
||
delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
|
||
between each column.
|
||
|
||
delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
|
||
after all columns.
|
||
|
||
delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
|
||
each column.
|
||
|
||
delim-col has the following commands:
|
||
|
||
delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
|
||
delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
|
||
|
||
*** The package recentf.el maintains a menu for visiting files that
|
||
were operated on recently. When enabled, a new "Open Recent" submenu
|
||
is displayed in the "Files" menu.
|
||
|
||
The recent files list is automatically saved across Emacs sessions.
|
||
|
||
To enable/disable recentf use M-x recentf-mode.
|
||
|
||
To enable recentf at Emacs startup use
|
||
M-x customize-variable RET recentf-mode RET.
|
||
|
||
To change the number of recent files displayed and others options use
|
||
M-x customize-group RET recentf RET.
|
||
|
||
*** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
|
||
text.
|
||
|
||
** Withdrawn packages
|
||
|
||
*** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
|
||
functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
|
||
|
||
*** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el.
|
||
|
||
* Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
|
||
|
||
Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
|
||
--- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
|
||
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
|
||
so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
|
||
|
||
** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
|
||
In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
|
||
and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
|
||
|
||
** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
|
||
with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
|
||
specified table.
|
||
|
||
(with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
|
||
|
||
Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
|
||
TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
|
||
saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
|
||
what BODY returns.
|
||
|
||
** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
|
||
removed since it wasn't used by anything.
|
||
|
||
** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
|
||
instead of being optional.
|
||
|
||
** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
|
||
modify read-only text.
|
||
|
||
** New functions and variables for locales.
|
||
|
||
The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
|
||
decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
|
||
time functions like strftime. The new variables
|
||
`system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
|
||
locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
|
||
|
||
The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
|
||
environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
|
||
the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
|
||
environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
|
||
not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
|
||
`locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
|
||
`locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
|
||
|
||
** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
|
||
To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
|
||
modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
|
||
start sequences.
|
||
|
||
** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
|
||
because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
|
||
|
||
** New function `propertize'
|
||
|
||
The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
|
||
strings with text properties.
|
||
|
||
- Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
|
||
|
||
Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
|
||
by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
|
||
PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
|
||
specified value of that property. Example:
|
||
|
||
(propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** push and pop macros.
|
||
|
||
A simple version of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
|
||
is now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
|
||
as the place that holds the list to be changed.
|
||
|
||
(push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
|
||
(pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
|
||
(thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such
|
||
as [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on.
|
||
|
||
[:digit:] matches 0 through 9
|
||
[:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
|
||
[:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
|
||
[:blank:] matches space and tab only
|
||
[:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
|
||
space, and DEL.
|
||
[:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
|
||
and DEL.
|
||
[:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
|
||
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
||
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
||
[:alpha:] matches letters.
|
||
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
||
it matches anything that has word syntax.)
|
||
[:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
|
||
[:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
|
||
[:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
|
||
[:punct:] matches punctuation.
|
||
(But at present, for multibyte characters,
|
||
it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
|
||
[:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
|
||
[:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
|
||
[:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
|
||
|
||
The following functions are defined for hash tables:
|
||
|
||
- Function: make-hash-table ARGS
|
||
|
||
The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
|
||
are optional. The following arguments are defined:
|
||
|
||
:test TEST
|
||
|
||
TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
|
||
Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
|
||
it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
|
||
|
||
:size SIZE
|
||
|
||
SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
|
||
many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
|
||
|
||
:rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
|
||
|
||
REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
|
||
full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
|
||
size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
|
||
1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
|
||
old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
|
||
|
||
:rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
|
||
|
||
THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
|
||
hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
|
||
(size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
|
||
|
||
:weakness WEAK
|
||
|
||
WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value', or t.
|
||
Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage collection if
|
||
their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere outside of the
|
||
hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
|
||
|
||
- Function: makehash &optional TEST
|
||
|
||
Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-p TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
|
||
|
||
- Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
|
||
values are shared.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-count TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the size of TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-rehash-test TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
|
||
|
||
- Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
|
||
|
||
Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: clrhash TABLE
|
||
|
||
Clear TABLE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
|
||
|
||
Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
|
||
not found.
|
||
|
||
- Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
|
||
|
||
Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
|
||
another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: remhash KEY TABLE
|
||
|
||
Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
|
||
|
||
- Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
|
||
|
||
Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
|
||
arguments KEY and VALUE.
|
||
|
||
- Function: sxhash OBJ
|
||
|
||
Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
|
||
|
||
- Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
|
||
|
||
Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
|
||
a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
|
||
comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
|
||
and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
|
||
of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
|
||
|
||
TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
|
||
|
||
HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
|
||
code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
|
||
integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
|
||
|
||
Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
|
||
be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
|
||
|
||
(defun case-fold-string= (a b)
|
||
(compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
|
||
|
||
(defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
|
||
(sxhash (upcase a)))
|
||
|
||
(define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
|
||
'case-fold-string-hash))
|
||
|
||
(make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
|
||
|
||
It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
|
||
circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
|
||
a cons cell which is its own cdr.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
|
||
|
||
If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
|
||
#N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
|
||
t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
|
||
specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
|
||
is too short to reach that column.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
|
||
now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
|
||
after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
|
||
two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
|
||
|
||
If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
|
||
perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
|
||
and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
|
||
to specify which buffer to return the size of.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
|
||
calendar-move-hook after moving point.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
|
||
directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
|
||
small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
|
||
small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
|
||
temporary-file-directory instead.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
|
||
the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
|
||
`before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
|
||
hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** assoc-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
|
||
elements of an alist which have a particular value as the car.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
|
||
|
||
make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
|
||
creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
|
||
ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
|
||
|
||
The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
|
||
on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
|
||
is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
|
||
never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
|
||
ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
|
||
overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
|
||
|
||
If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
|
||
that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
|
||
to get an error if the file exists at that time.
|
||
The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Function `format' now handles text properties.
|
||
|
||
Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
|
||
If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
|
||
ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
|
||
result string.
|
||
|
||
Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
|
||
string where arguments appear in the result string.
|
||
|
||
Example:
|
||
|
||
(let ((s1 "hello, %s")
|
||
(s2 "world"))
|
||
(put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
|
||
(put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
|
||
(format s1 s2))
|
||
|
||
results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
|
||
|
||
Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
|
||
The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
|
||
argument in it.
|
||
|
||
(let ((msg "hello, %s!")
|
||
(arg "world"))
|
||
(put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
|
||
(put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
|
||
(message msg arg))
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Sound support
|
||
|
||
Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
|
||
(Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
|
||
|
||
Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
|
||
(*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
|
||
to enable sound support.
|
||
|
||
Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
|
||
list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
|
||
when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
|
||
functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
|
||
sound to play, before playing the sound.
|
||
|
||
The following sound properties are supported:
|
||
|
||
- `:file FILE'
|
||
|
||
FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
|
||
searched relative to `data-directory'.
|
||
|
||
- `:volume VOLUME'
|
||
|
||
VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
|
||
0..1. This property is optional.
|
||
|
||
Other properties are ignored.
|
||
|
||
** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
|
||
|
||
* New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
|
||
|
||
Note that +++ before an item means the Lisp manual has been updated.
|
||
--- means that I have decided it does not need to be in the Lisp manual.
|
||
When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
|
||
so I will know I still need to look at it -- rms.
|
||
|
||
** New face implementation.
|
||
|
||
Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
|
||
font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** New faces.
|
||
|
||
Each face can specify the following display attributes:
|
||
|
||
1. Font family or fontset alias name.
|
||
|
||
2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
|
||
width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
|
||
|
||
3. Font height in 1/10pt
|
||
|
||
4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
|
||
|
||
5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
|
||
|
||
6. Foreground color.
|
||
|
||
7. Background color.
|
||
|
||
8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
|
||
|
||
9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
|
||
|
||
10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
|
||
|
||
11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
|
||
|
||
12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
|
||
color.
|
||
|
||
13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
|
||
color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
|
||
|
||
Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
|
||
same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
|
||
frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
|
||
faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
|
||
with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each each of the face
|
||
attributes mentioned above.
|
||
|
||
There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
|
||
definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
|
||
created frames.
|
||
|
||
A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
|
||
have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
|
||
`fully-specified'.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Face merging.
|
||
|
||
The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
|
||
combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
|
||
aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
|
||
properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
|
||
that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
|
||
results in a fully-specified face.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Face realization.
|
||
|
||
After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
|
||
merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
|
||
realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
|
||
available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
|
||
face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
|
||
cache of the frame on which it was realized.
|
||
|
||
Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
|
||
character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
|
||
for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
|
||
charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
|
||
|
||
Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
|
||
specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
|
||
being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
|
||
the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
|
||
statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
|
||
|
||
In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
|
||
`char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
|
||
0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
|
||
the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
|
||
initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
|
||
Emacs.
|
||
|
||
Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
|
||
`enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
|
||
registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
|
||
with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
|
||
|
||
++++
|
||
**** Clearing face caches.
|
||
|
||
The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
|
||
on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
|
||
unused fonts.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Font selection.
|
||
|
||
Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
|
||
given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
|
||
for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
|
||
|
||
If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
|
||
pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
|
||
family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
|
||
property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
|
||
an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
|
||
|
||
Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
|
||
against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
|
||
match for the given face attributes in this font list.
|
||
|
||
Font selection can be influenced by the user.
|
||
|
||
The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
|
||
attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
|
||
face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
|
||
names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
|
||
that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
|
||
width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
|
||
to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
|
||
|
||
Setting `face-alternative-font-family-alist' allows the user to
|
||
specify alternative font families to try if a family specified by a
|
||
face doesn't exist.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
**** Scalable fonts
|
||
|
||
Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
|
||
since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
|
||
servers.
|
||
|
||
To enable scalable font use, set the variable
|
||
`scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
|
||
scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
|
||
Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
|
||
scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
|
||
that list. Example:
|
||
|
||
(setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
|
||
|
||
allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Functions and variables related to font selection.
|
||
|
||
- Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
|
||
|
||
Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
|
||
is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
|
||
string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
|
||
|
||
If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
|
||
the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
|
||
FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
|
||
POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
|
||
SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
|
||
These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
|
||
if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
|
||
REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
|
||
the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
|
||
of the face font sort order.
|
||
|
||
- Function: x-font-family-list
|
||
|
||
Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
|
||
omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
|
||
(FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
|
||
non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
|
||
|
||
- Variable: font-list-limit
|
||
|
||
Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
|
||
won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
|
||
matching font. The default is currently 100.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Setting face attributes.
|
||
|
||
For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
|
||
with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
|
||
implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
|
||
`face-attribute'.
|
||
|
||
Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
|
||
symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
|
||
|
||
The following attributes are recognized:
|
||
|
||
`:family'
|
||
|
||
VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
|
||
or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
|
||
and `?' are allowed.
|
||
|
||
`:width'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
|
||
It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
|
||
`condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
|
||
`extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
|
||
|
||
`:height'
|
||
|
||
VALUE must be an integer specifying the height of the font to use in
|
||
1/10 pt.
|
||
|
||
`:weight'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
|
||
symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
|
||
`semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
|
||
|
||
`:slant'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
|
||
symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
|
||
`reverse-oblique'.
|
||
|
||
`:foreground', `:background'
|
||
|
||
VALUE must be a color name, a string.
|
||
|
||
`:underline'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
|
||
VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
|
||
a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
|
||
don't underline.
|
||
|
||
`:overline'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
|
||
VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
|
||
string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
|
||
overline.
|
||
|
||
`:strike-through'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
|
||
striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
|
||
face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
|
||
is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
|
||
|
||
`:box'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
|
||
around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
|
||
VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
|
||
of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
|
||
and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
|
||
VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
|
||
:color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
|
||
the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
|
||
specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
|
||
defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
|
||
the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
|
||
color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
|
||
should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
|
||
like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
|
||
that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
|
||
the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
|
||
box.
|
||
|
||
`:inverse-video'
|
||
|
||
VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
|
||
inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
|
||
|
||
`:stipple'
|
||
|
||
If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
|
||
The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
|
||
searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
|
||
HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
|
||
is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
|
||
explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
|
||
|
||
For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
|
||
and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
|
||
|
||
`:font'
|
||
|
||
Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
|
||
XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
|
||
is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
|
||
versions of Emacs.
|
||
|
||
For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
|
||
be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
|
||
must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
|
||
|
||
Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
|
||
`defface'.
|
||
|
||
*** Face attributes and X resources
|
||
|
||
The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
|
||
from X resources:
|
||
|
||
Face attribute X resource class
|
||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
:family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
|
||
:width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
|
||
:height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
|
||
:weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
|
||
:slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
|
||
foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
|
||
:background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
|
||
:overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
|
||
:strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
|
||
:box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
|
||
:underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
|
||
:inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
|
||
:stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
|
||
or attributeBackgroundPixmap
|
||
Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
|
||
:font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
|
||
:bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
|
||
:italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
|
||
:font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Text property `face'.
|
||
|
||
The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
|
||
specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
|
||
specification can be
|
||
|
||
1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
|
||
|
||
2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
|
||
KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
|
||
for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
|
||
for face attribute names.
|
||
|
||
3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
|
||
(BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
|
||
for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
|
||
|
||
The function `face-register-tty-color' can be used to define colors
|
||
for use on TTY frames. It maps a color name to a color number on the
|
||
terminal. Emacs defines a couple of default color mappings by
|
||
default. You can get defined colors with a call to
|
||
`tty-defined-colors'. The function `face-clear-tty-colors' can be
|
||
used to clear the mapping table.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
|
||
|
||
This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
|
||
|
||
The function minubuffer-prompt-end returns the current position of the
|
||
end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
|
||
Otherwise, it returns zero.
|
||
|
||
** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
|
||
|
||
There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
|
||
buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
|
||
text-property.
|
||
|
||
Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
|
||
forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
|
||
to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
|
||
not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
|
||
commands continue into the next field if repeated.
|
||
|
||
Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
|
||
a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
|
||
editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
|
||
|
||
The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
|
||
|
||
- Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE
|
||
|
||
Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
|
||
constrained position if that is is different.
|
||
|
||
If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
|
||
positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
|
||
ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
|
||
constrained to the field that has the same `field' text-property
|
||
as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
||
is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
|
||
fields.
|
||
|
||
If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
|
||
NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
|
||
unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
|
||
C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
|
||
only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
|
||
|
||
- Function: erase-field &optional POS
|
||
|
||
Erases the field surrounding POS.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If POS is nil, the position of the current buffer's point is used.
|
||
|
||
- Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
||
|
||
Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If POS is nil, the position of the current buffer's point is used.
|
||
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is already at beginning of an
|
||
field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
|
||
|
||
- Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
|
||
|
||
Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If POS is nil, the position of the current buffer's point is used.
|
||
If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is already at end of a field,
|
||
then the end of the *following* field is returned.
|
||
|
||
- Function: field-string &optional POS
|
||
|
||
Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If POS is nil, the position of the current buffer's point is used.
|
||
|
||
- Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
|
||
|
||
Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
|
||
A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
|
||
If POS is nil, the position of the current buffer's point is used.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Image support.
|
||
|
||
Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
|
||
strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
|
||
(AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
|
||
replaces the display of the characters having that property.
|
||
|
||
If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
|
||
`(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
|
||
AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
|
||
window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
|
||
area.
|
||
|
||
IMAGE is an image specification.
|
||
|
||
*** Image specifications
|
||
|
||
Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
|
||
is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
|
||
specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
|
||
symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
|
||
described below are ignored.
|
||
|
||
The following is a list of properties all image types share.
|
||
|
||
`:ascent ASCENT'
|
||
|
||
ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, and specifies the percentage
|
||
of the image's height to use for its ascent. Default is 50.
|
||
|
||
`:margin MARGIN'
|
||
|
||
MARGIN must be a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put as
|
||
margin around the image. Default is 0.
|
||
|
||
`:relief RELIEF'
|
||
|
||
RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
|
||
around an image.
|
||
|
||
`:algorithm ALGO'
|
||
|
||
Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it. ALGO must
|
||
be a symbol specifying the algorithm. Currently only `laplace' is
|
||
supported which applies a Laplace edge detection algorithm to an image
|
||
which is intended to display images "disabled."
|
||
|
||
`:heuristic-mask BG'
|
||
|
||
If BG is not nil, build a clipping mask for the image, so that the
|
||
background of a frame is visible behind the image. If BG is t,
|
||
determine the background color of the image by looking at the 4
|
||
corners of the image, assuming the most frequently occuring color from
|
||
the corners is the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must
|
||
be a list `(RED GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the
|
||
background of the image.
|
||
|
||
`:file FILE'
|
||
|
||
Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
|
||
search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
|
||
building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
|
||
may be present in the image specification.
|
||
|
||
*** Supported image types
|
||
|
||
**** XBM, image type `xbm'.
|
||
|
||
XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
|
||
properties supported are
|
||
|
||
`:foreground FG'
|
||
|
||
FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default
|
||
is the frame's foreground.
|
||
|
||
`:background FG'
|
||
|
||
BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color. Default is
|
||
the frame's background color.
|
||
|
||
XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
|
||
case, the image specification must contain the following properties
|
||
instead of a `:file' property.
|
||
|
||
`:width WIDTH'
|
||
|
||
WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
|
||
|
||
`:height HEIGHT'
|
||
|
||
HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
|
||
|
||
`:data DATA'
|
||
|
||
DATA must be either
|
||
|
||
1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
|
||
have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
|
||
|
||
2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
|
||
|
||
3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
|
||
bitmap.
|
||
|
||
**** XPM, image type `xpm'
|
||
|
||
XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
|
||
`xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
|
||
found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
|
||
`--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
|
||
|
||
Additional image properties supported are:
|
||
|
||
`:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
|
||
|
||
SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
|
||
name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
|
||
name.
|
||
|
||
XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
|
||
add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
|
||
|
||
`:data DATA'
|
||
|
||
DATA must be a string containing an XPM image. The contents of the
|
||
string are of the same format as that of XPM files.
|
||
|
||
The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
|
||
to display compressed images.
|
||
|
||
**** PBM, image type `pbm'
|
||
|
||
PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
|
||
mono images are supported. There are no additional image properties
|
||
defined.
|
||
|
||
**** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
|
||
|
||
Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
|
||
package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
||
properties defined.
|
||
|
||
**** TIFF, image type `tiff'
|
||
|
||
Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
|
||
package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
||
properties defined.
|
||
|
||
**** GIF, image type `gif'
|
||
|
||
Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
|
||
`libungif-4.1.0', or later.
|
||
|
||
Additional image properties supported are:
|
||
|
||
`:index INDEX'
|
||
|
||
INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
|
||
multi-image GIF file. An error is signalled if INDEX is too large.
|
||
|
||
This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
|
||
For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
|
||
at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
|
||
every 0.1 seconds.
|
||
|
||
(defun show-anim (file max)
|
||
"Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
|
||
(display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
|
||
|
||
(defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
|
||
(when (= idx max)
|
||
(setq idx 0))
|
||
(let ((img (create-image file nil :index idx)))
|
||
(save-excursion
|
||
(set-buffer buffer)
|
||
(goto-char (point-min))
|
||
(unless first-time (delete-char 1))
|
||
(insert-image img "x"))
|
||
(run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
|
||
|
||
**** PNG, image type `png'
|
||
|
||
Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
|
||
package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
|
||
properties defined.
|
||
|
||
**** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
|
||
|
||
Additional image properties supported are:
|
||
|
||
`:pt-width WIDTH'
|
||
|
||
WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
|
||
integer. This is a required property.
|
||
|
||
`:pt-height HEIGHT'
|
||
|
||
HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
|
||
must be a integer. This is an required property.
|
||
|
||
`:bounding-box BOX'
|
||
|
||
BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
|
||
the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
|
||
files. This is an required property.
|
||
|
||
Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
|
||
lisp/gs.el.
|
||
|
||
*** Lisp interface.
|
||
|
||
The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
|
||
which are supported in the current configuration.
|
||
|
||
Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
|
||
they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
|
||
The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
|
||
manually.
|
||
|
||
*** Simplified image API, image.el
|
||
|
||
The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
|
||
creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
|
||
can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
|
||
define an image based on available image types. The functions
|
||
`put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
|
||
buffer.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Display margins.
|
||
|
||
Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
|
||
and images.
|
||
|
||
To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
|
||
`left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
|
||
`set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
|
||
obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
|
||
`right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
|
||
the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
|
||
of the display margins.
|
||
|
||
You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
|
||
containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
|
||
one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
|
||
string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
|
||
in this file).
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Help display
|
||
|
||
Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
|
||
moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
|
||
`help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
|
||
that have a `help-echo' property.
|
||
|
||
The value of the `help-echo' property must be a string. For tool-bar
|
||
items, their key definition is used to determine the help to display.
|
||
If their definition contains a property `:help FORM', FORM is
|
||
evaluated to determine the help string. Otherwise, the caption of the
|
||
tool-bar item is used.
|
||
|
||
The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
|
||
help differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window causes the
|
||
help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Vertical fractional scrolling.
|
||
|
||
The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
|
||
This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
|
||
|
||
The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
|
||
scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
|
||
The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
|
||
scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
|
||
used.
|
||
|
||
(global-set-key [A-down]
|
||
#'(lambda ()
|
||
(interactive)
|
||
(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
|
||
(+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
|
||
(global-set-key [A-up]
|
||
#'(lambda ()
|
||
(interactive)
|
||
(set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
|
||
(- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** New hook `fontification-functions'.
|
||
|
||
Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
|
||
when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
|
||
variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
|
||
is called with one argument, POS.
|
||
|
||
At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
|
||
characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
|
||
as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
|
||
property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
|
||
`fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Tool bar support.
|
||
|
||
Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
|
||
parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
|
||
controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
|
||
suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
|
||
`auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
|
||
automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
|
||
|
||
*** Tool bar item definitions
|
||
|
||
Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
|
||
`tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
|
||
where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
|
||
|
||
CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
|
||
evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
|
||
the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
|
||
property (see below).
|
||
|
||
BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
|
||
binding are currently ignored.
|
||
|
||
The following properties are recognized:
|
||
|
||
`:enable FORM'.
|
||
|
||
FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
|
||
or disabled.
|
||
|
||
`:visible FORM'
|
||
|
||
FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
|
||
|
||
`:filter FUNCTION'
|
||
|
||
FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
|
||
FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
|
||
used instead of BINDING to display this item.
|
||
|
||
`:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
|
||
|
||
TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
|
||
and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
|
||
|
||
`:image IMAGES'
|
||
|
||
IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
|
||
image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
|
||
meaning of each of the four elements:
|
||
|
||
Index Use when item is
|
||
----------------------------------------
|
||
0 enabled and selected
|
||
1 enabled and deselected
|
||
2 disabled and selected
|
||
3 disabled and deselected
|
||
|
||
`:help HELP-STRING'.
|
||
|
||
Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
|
||
is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
|
||
|
||
*** Tool-bar-related variables.
|
||
|
||
If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
|
||
resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
|
||
than 1/4 of the frame's size.
|
||
|
||
If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
|
||
raised when the mouse moves over them.
|
||
|
||
You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
|
||
`tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
|
||
pixels. Default is 1.
|
||
|
||
You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
|
||
`tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
|
||
|
||
*** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
|
||
|
||
You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
|
||
a tool bar item. If
|
||
|
||
(define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
|
||
'(menu-item "Shell" shell
|
||
:image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
|
||
|
||
is the original tool bar item definition, then
|
||
|
||
(define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
|
||
|
||
makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
|
||
item.
|
||
|
||
** Mode line changes.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
|
||
|
||
The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
|
||
that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
|
||
a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
|
||
|
||
1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
|
||
a `local-map' text property.
|
||
|
||
2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
|
||
that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
|
||
|
||
3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
|
||
is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
|
||
`local-map' property.
|
||
|
||
The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
|
||
properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
|
||
example.
|
||
|
||
*** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
|
||
evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
|
||
variable mode-line-format to nil.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
*** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
|
||
|
||
This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
|
||
`header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
|
||
completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
|
||
`default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
|
||
line.
|
||
|
||
The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
|
||
`header-line'.
|
||
|
||
The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
|
||
position in the header-line.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Text property `display'
|
||
|
||
The `display' text property is used to insert images into text, and
|
||
also control other aspects of how text displays. The value of the
|
||
`display' property should be a display specification, as described
|
||
below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
|
||
|
||
*** Variable width and height spaces
|
||
|
||
To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
|
||
specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
|
||
`(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
|
||
area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
|
||
marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
|
||
displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
|
||
simpler form STRETCH as property value.
|
||
|
||
The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
|
||
PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
|
||
properties described below.
|
||
|
||
The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
|
||
characters having the `display' property.
|
||
|
||
- :width WIDTH
|
||
|
||
Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
|
||
character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
|
||
|
||
- :relative-width FACTOR
|
||
|
||
Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
|
||
first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
|
||
same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
|
||
width of that character by FACTOR.
|
||
|
||
- :align-to HPOS
|
||
|
||
Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
|
||
value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
|
||
|
||
Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
|
||
|
||
- :height HEIGHT
|
||
|
||
Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
|
||
normal line height.
|
||
|
||
- :relative-height FACTOR
|
||
|
||
The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
|
||
of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
|
||
|
||
- :ascent ASCENT
|
||
|
||
Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
|
||
used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
|
||
baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
|
||
equal to 100.
|
||
|
||
You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
|
||
|
||
*** Images
|
||
|
||
A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
|
||
. IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
|
||
in the display, the characters having this display specification in
|
||
their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
|
||
the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
|
||
`(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
|
||
area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
|
||
the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
|
||
as display specification.
|
||
|
||
*** Other display properties
|
||
|
||
- :space-width FACTOR
|
||
|
||
Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
|
||
should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
|
||
integer or float.
|
||
|
||
- :height HEIGHT
|
||
|
||
Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
|
||
|
||
If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
|
||
means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
|
||
the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
|
||
``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
|
||
a font is available counts as a step.
|
||
|
||
If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
|
||
as tall as the frame's default font.
|
||
|
||
If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
|
||
height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
|
||
|
||
Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
|
||
`height' bound to the current specified font height.
|
||
|
||
- :raise FACTOR
|
||
|
||
FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
|
||
font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
|
||
raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
|
||
amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
|
||
`:height' subproperty.
|
||
|
||
*** Conditional display properties
|
||
|
||
All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
|
||
has the form `(:when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC
|
||
applies only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated.
|
||
During evaluattion, point is temporarily set to the end position of
|
||
the text having the `display' property.
|
||
|
||
The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
|
||
`(:when t SPEC)'.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** New menu separator types.
|
||
|
||
Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
|
||
item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
|
||
treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
|
||
to specify other menu separator types.
|
||
|
||
- `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
|
||
|
||
No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
|
||
separator occurs.
|
||
|
||
- `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
|
||
|
||
A single line in the menu's foreground color.
|
||
|
||
- `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
|
||
|
||
A double line in the menu's foreground color.
|
||
|
||
- `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
|
||
|
||
A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
|
||
|
||
- `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
|
||
|
||
A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
|
||
|
||
A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the the form
|
||
displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
|
||
|
||
A single line with 3D raised appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
|
||
|
||
A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
|
||
|
||
A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
|
||
|
||
Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
|
||
|
||
Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
|
||
|
||
Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
|
||
|
||
- `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
|
||
|
||
Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
|
||
|
||
Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
|
||
the corresponding single-line separators.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
|
||
|
||
The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
|
||
`scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
|
||
Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
|
||
that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
|
||
default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
|
||
default background is the background color of the frame, and the
|
||
default foreground is black.
|
||
|
||
The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
|
||
(class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
|
||
`ScrollBarBackground').
|
||
|
||
Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
|
||
settings for scroll bar colors.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
|
||
display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
|
||
|
||
---
|
||
** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
|
||
starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
|
||
on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
|
||
line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
|
||
the original window start.
|
||
|
||
---
|
||
** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
|
||
`hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
|
||
now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
|
||
|
||
+++
|
||
** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
|
||
|
||
A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
|
||
`window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
|
||
windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
|
||
other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
|
||
|
||
The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
|
||
fixed-width and fixed-height.
|
||
|
||
(set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
|
||
|
||
A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
|
||
fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
|
||
window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
|
||
change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
|
||
temporarily to nil, for example
|
||
|
||
(let ((window-size-fixed nil))
|
||
(enlarge-window 10))
|
||
|
||
Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
|
||
or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
|
||
^L
|
||
* Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
|
||
|
||
** Not new, but not mentioned before:
|
||
M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
|
||
|
||
* Changes in Emacs 20.4
|
||
|
||
** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
|
||
|
||
You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
|
||
Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
|
||
`.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
|
||
|
||
If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
|
||
is the one that is used.
|
||
|
||
** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
|
||
the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
|
||
Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
|
||
separate from the command's regular output.
|
||
Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
|
||
says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
|
||
In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
|
||
the buffer name.
|
||
|
||
When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
|
||
output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
|
||
it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
|
||
cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
|
||
|
||
** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
|
||
the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
|
||
is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
|
||
created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
|
||
|
||
** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
|
||
example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
|
||
match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
|
||
quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
|
||
|
||
** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
|
||
now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
|
||
if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
|
||
they never ignore case.
|
||
|
||
** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
|
||
under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
|
||
applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
|
||
of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
|
||
just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
|
||
convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
|
||
part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
|
||
|
||
If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
|
||
the same format that was used in the file before.
|
||
|
||
You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
|
||
`inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
|
||
|
||
** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
|
||
renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
|
||
This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
|
||
|
||
** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
|
||
The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
|
||
buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
|
||
your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
|
||
is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
|
||
end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
|
||
Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
|
||
|
||
The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
|
||
eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
|
||
control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
|
||
format. You can now customize these variables.
|
||
|
||
** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
|
||
filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
|
||
filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
|
||
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
|
||
in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
|
||
windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
|
||
|
||
** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
|
||
dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
|
||
doesn't have any effect.
|
||
|
||
** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
|
||
not one per buffer.
|
||
|
||
** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
|
||
use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
|
||
(add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
|
||
|
||
** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
|
||
To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
|
||
`auto-show-mode' command.
|
||
|
||
** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
|
||
avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
|
||
versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
|
||
choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
|
||
occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
|
||
|
||
** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
|
||
cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
|
||
|
||
** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
|
||
character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
|
||
feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
|
||
|
||
** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
|
||
the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
|
||
interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
|
||
and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
|
||
|
||
** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
|
||
|
||
The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
|
||
that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
|
||
one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
|
||
codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
|
||
set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
|
||
|
||
Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
|
||
from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
|
||
|
||
IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
|
||
equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
|
||
a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
|
||
`?' on other systems.
|
||
|
||
IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
|
||
feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
|
||
Unix.
|
||
|
||
Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
|
||
current codepage when it starts.
|
||
|
||
** Mail changes
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
|
||
default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
|
||
default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
|
||
sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
|
||
buffer-file-coding-system.
|
||
|
||
You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
|
||
sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
|
||
mail.
|
||
|
||
*** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
|
||
if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
|
||
Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
|
||
list of possible coding systems.
|
||
|
||
** CC Mode changes
|
||
|
||
*** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
|
||
modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
|
||
longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
|
||
docstring for details.
|
||
|
||
*** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
|
||
symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
|
||
found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
|
||
prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
|
||
lineup functions use this feature currently.
|
||
|
||
*** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
|
||
"finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
|
||
|
||
*** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
|
||
"catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
|
||
|
||
*** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
|
||
from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
|
||
symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
|
||
c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
|
||
anonymous classes.
|
||
|
||
*** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
|
||
syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
|
||
|
||
*** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
|
||
inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
|
||
support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
|
||
function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
|
||
|
||
*** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
|
||
(i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
|
||
brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
|
||
c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
|
||
(brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
|
||
|
||
*** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
|
||
|
||
*** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
|
||
|
||
*** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
|
||
for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
|
||
|
||
*** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
|
||
|
||
*** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
|
||
associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
|
||
This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
|
||
circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
|
||
class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
|
||
|
||
** Gnus changes.
|
||
|
||
*** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
|
||
added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
|
||
Gnus manual for the full story.
|
||
|
||
*** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
|
||
before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
|
||
group, which is created automatically.
|
||
|
||
*** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
|
||
values.
|
||
|
||
*** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
|
||
|
||
*** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
|
||
outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
|
||
|
||
*** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
|
||
`C-u C-c C-c'.
|
||
|
||
*** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
|
||
|
||
*** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
|
||
re-highlighting of the article buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
|
||
|
||
*** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
|
||
Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
|
||
|
||
*** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
|
||
`a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
|
||
|
||
*** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
|
||
control over simplification.
|
||
|
||
*** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
|
||
|
||
*** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
|
||
limit.
|
||
|
||
*** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
|
||
|
||
*** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
|
||
|
||
*** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
|
||
If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
|
||
rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
|
||
|
||
*** Cancelling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
|
||
`a' forces normal posting method.
|
||
|
||
*** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
|
||
-- `W d'.
|
||
|
||
*** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
|
||
to a non-nil value.
|
||
|
||
*** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
|
||
where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
|
||
|
||
*** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
|
||
has been added.
|
||
|
||
*** A history of where mails have been split is available.
|
||
|
||
*** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
|
||
|
||
*** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
|
||
`gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
|
||
|
||
*** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
|
||
`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
|
||
|
||
*** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
|
||
|
||
*** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
|
||
been added.
|
||
|
||
*** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
|
||
`gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
|
||
|
||
*** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
|
||
updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
|
||
|
||
*** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
|
||
|
||
*** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
|
||
|
||
*** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
|
||
options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
|
||
nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
|
||
|
||
*** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
|
||
TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
|
||
of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
|
||
TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
|
||
can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
|
||
|
||
*** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
|
||
All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
|
||
but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
|
||
the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
|
||
|
||
*** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
|
||
the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
|
||
buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
|
||
mismatch.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
||
|
||
*** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
|
||
file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
|
||
|
||
*** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
|
||
lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
|
||
characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
|
||
removed from the label.
|
||
|
||
*** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
|
||
a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
|
||
|
||
*** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
|
||
customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
|
||
|
||
*** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
|
||
`reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
|
||
expressions.
|
||
|
||
*** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
|
||
|
||
** New/deleted modes and packages
|
||
|
||
*** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
|
||
SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
||
|
||
*** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
|
||
editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
|
||
SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
|
||
changes with a special face.
|
||
|
||
*** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
|
||
this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
|
||
Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
|
||
|
||
* MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
|
||
|
||
** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
|
||
This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
|
||
conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
|
||
and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
|
||
check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
|
||
|
||
The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
|
||
Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
|
||
distribution when the config.bat script is run.
|
||
|
||
** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
|
||
MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
|
||
controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
|
||
directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
|
||
Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
|
||
on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
|
||
string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
|
||
program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
|
||
printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
|
||
|
||
** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
|
||
output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
|
||
available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
|
||
input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
|
||
temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
|
||
program.
|
||
|
||
An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
|
||
and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
|
||
programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
|
||
automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
|
||
as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
|
||
ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
|
||
|
||
** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
|
||
a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
|
||
MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
|
||
was not documented clearly before.
|
||
|
||
** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
|
||
This includes Tetris and Snake.
|
||
|
||
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
|
||
|
||
** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
|
||
return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
|
||
They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
|
||
meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
|
||
|
||
** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
|
||
WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
|
||
and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in the file-attributes function.
|
||
|
||
*** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
|
||
It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
|
||
|
||
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
||
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
|
||
integers.
|
||
|
||
** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
|
||
files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
|
||
arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
|
||
file names and attributes are returned.
|
||
|
||
** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
|
||
sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
|
||
accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its atttributes.
|
||
It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
|
||
returns the result.
|
||
|
||
** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
|
||
to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
|
||
|
||
** New functions for base64 conversion:
|
||
|
||
The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
|
||
into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
|
||
performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
|
||
optionally.
|
||
|
||
Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
|
||
job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
|
||
|
||
**
|
||
The new function process-running-child-p
|
||
will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
|
||
terminal to its own child process.
|
||
|
||
** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
|
||
when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
|
||
to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
|
||
itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
|
||
|
||
** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
|
||
be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
|
||
|
||
** easymenu.el Now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
|
||
:included is an alias for :visible.
|
||
|
||
easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
|
||
easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
|
||
to move or copy menu entries.
|
||
|
||
** Multibyte editing changes
|
||
|
||
*** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
|
||
an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
|
||
make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
|
||
work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
|
||
char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
|
||
(setq char (sref str idx)
|
||
idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
|
||
The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
|
||
|
||
If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
|
||
(say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
|
||
(charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
|
||
|
||
*** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
|
||
region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
|
||
deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
|
||
|
||
Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibitted
|
||
|
||
This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
|
||
across the boundary.
|
||
|
||
*** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
|
||
`unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
|
||
o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
|
||
contains 8-bit characters.
|
||
o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
|
||
contains invalid characters.
|
||
|
||
*** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
|
||
text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
|
||
preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
|
||
text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
|
||
way.
|
||
|
||
*** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
|
||
If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
|
||
end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
|
||
prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
|
||
compose Thai characters in a string.
|
||
|
||
** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
|
||
argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
|
||
for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
|
||
menus should always use the third argument.
|
||
|
||
** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
|
||
read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
|
||
arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
|
||
input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
|
||
of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
|
||
programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
|
||
inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
|
||
|
||
** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
|
||
the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
|
||
returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
|
||
echo area contents.
|
||
|
||
(with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
|
||
|
||
** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
|
||
NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
|
||
requested feature cannot be loaded.
|
||
|
||
** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
|
||
foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
|
||
means to clear out that attribute.
|
||
|
||
** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
|
||
gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
|
||
|
||
** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
|
||
read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
|
||
unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
|
||
end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
|
||
|
||
** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
|
||
the gap of the current buffer.
|
||
|
||
** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
|
||
to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
|
||
current buffer.
|
||
|
||
** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
|
||
facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
|
||
These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
|
||
it back in after any modifications have been made.
|
||
|
||
* Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
||
|
||
** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
|
||
the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
|
||
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
|
||
directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
|
||
subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
|
||
|
||
Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
|
||
names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
|
||
Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
|
||
which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
|
||
these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
|
||
|
||
Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
|
||
starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
|
||
time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
|
||
|
||
This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
|
||
Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
|
||
to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
|
||
subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
|
||
`.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
|
||
results.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
|
||
GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
|
||
that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
|
||
fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
|
||
|
||
* Changes in Emacs 20.3
|
||
|
||
** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
|
||
including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
|
||
it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
|
||
perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
|
||
specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
|
||
region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
|
||
further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
|
||
command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
|
||
within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
|
||
are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
|
||
region.
|
||
|
||
In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
|
||
selective undo.
|
||
|
||
** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
|
||
unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
|
||
buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
|
||
effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
|
||
Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
|
||
|
||
The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
|
||
though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
|
||
-*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
|
||
load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
||
|
||
** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
|
||
no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
|
||
enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
|
||
something that most users not do.
|
||
|
||
** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
|
||
operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
|
||
The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
|
||
applications.
|
||
|
||
C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
|
||
pasting operations.
|
||
|
||
** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
|
||
setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
|
||
like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
|
||
printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
|
||
`ps-printer-name'.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
|
||
minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
|
||
any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
|
||
except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
|
||
incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
|
||
hits a new word.
|
||
|
||
Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
|
||
Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
|
||
to be confused by TeX commands.
|
||
|
||
You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
|
||
correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
|
||
clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
|
||
of various alternative replacements and actions.
|
||
|
||
Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
|
||
the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
|
||
corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
|
||
alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
|
||
flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
|
||
|
||
Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
|
||
flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in input method usage.
|
||
|
||
Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
|
||
the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
|
||
respectively.
|
||
|
||
You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
|
||
|
||
If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
|
||
of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
|
||
|
||
The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
|
||
that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
|
||
|
||
If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
|
||
|
||
If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
|
||
|
||
If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
|
||
when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
|
||
|
||
If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
|
||
given in the following case:
|
||
o When you are using a complex input method.
|
||
o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
|
||
|
||
If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
|
||
input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
|
||
and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
|
||
setting it to t is helpful.
|
||
|
||
The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
|
||
|
||
In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
|
||
keys:
|
||
Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
|
||
C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
|
||
F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
|
||
These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
|
||
environment.
|
||
|
||
** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
|
||
names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
|
||
minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
|
||
get
|
||
|
||
/usr/foo//etc/passwd
|
||
|
||
which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
|
||
|
||
Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
|
||
Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
|
||
|
||
** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
|
||
at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
|
||
its owner and group.
|
||
|
||
** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
|
||
Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
|
||
|
||
** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
|
||
contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
|
||
|
||
** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
|
||
which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
|
||
in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
|
||
by the left edge of the rectangle.
|
||
|
||
** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
|
||
increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
|
||
C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
|
||
for writing keyboard macros.
|
||
|
||
** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
|
||
files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
|
||
frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
|
||
the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
|
||
additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
|
||
info.
|
||
|
||
** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
|
||
|
||
** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
|
||
query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
|
||
contents only.
|
||
|
||
** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
|
||
confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
|
||
the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
|
||
says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
|
||
|
||
** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
|
||
non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
|
||
literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
|
||
|
||
** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
|
||
now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
|
||
Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
|
||
inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
|
||
|
||
** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
|
||
failure if the command produces no output.
|
||
|
||
** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
|
||
manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
|
||
the mouse.
|
||
|
||
** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
|
||
mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
|
||
function and variable names.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
|
||
reading specific files. This has higher priority than
|
||
file-coding-system-alist.
|
||
|
||
** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
|
||
t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
|
||
converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
|
||
the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
|
||
according to the current fontset.
|
||
|
||
** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
|
||
|
||
The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
|
||
that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
|
||
nonascii-insert-offset.
|
||
|
||
For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
|
||
enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
|
||
nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
|
||
characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
|
||
|
||
** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
|
||
an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
|
||
|
||
** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
|
||
letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
|
||
|
||
** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
|
||
are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
|
||
command keys.
|
||
|
||
** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
|
||
user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
|
||
|
||
Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
|
||
user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
|
||
all variables that have documentation.
|
||
|
||
** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
|
||
shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
|
||
that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
|
||
minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
|
||
it should show; the default is 20.
|
||
|
||
Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
|
||
the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
|
||
of your input.
|
||
|
||
** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
|
||
all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
|
||
recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
|
||
argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
|
||
the customizable options which were changed since that version.
|
||
Newly added options are included as well.
|
||
|
||
If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
|
||
then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
|
||
for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
|
||
|
||
This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
|
||
Customize menu.
|
||
|
||
** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
|
||
the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
|
||
|
||
** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
|
||
buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
|
||
invoked.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
|
||
that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
|
||
The default is 1.
|
||
|
||
** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
|
||
syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
|
||
new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
|
||
(C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
|
||
sensibly.
|
||
|
||
** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
|
||
|
||
** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
|
||
value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
|
||
two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
|
||
|
||
** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
|
||
reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
|
||
for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
|
||
every night.
|
||
|
||
** All you need to do, to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
|
||
the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
|
||
|
||
** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
|
||
read and post multi-lingual articles.
|
||
|
||
** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
|
||
doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
|
||
be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
|
||
outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
|
||
the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
|
||
made invisible again.
|
||
|
||
** Mail reading and sending changes
|
||
|
||
*** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
|
||
the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
|
||
changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
|
||
toggle.
|
||
|
||
*** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
|
||
now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
|
||
summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
|
||
the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
|
||
rmail-default-body-file.
|
||
|
||
*** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
|
||
longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
|
||
handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
|
||
|
||
*** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
|
||
it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
|
||
is evaluated to insert the signature.
|
||
|
||
*** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
|
||
outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
|
||
handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
|
||
putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
|
||
transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
|
||
especially interested in trying feedmail.
|
||
|
||
feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
|
||
feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
|
||
provided by feedmail are:
|
||
|
||
**** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
|
||
stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
|
||
there is also a queue for draft messages
|
||
|
||
**** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
|
||
be prompted for confirmation
|
||
|
||
**** does smart filling of address headers
|
||
|
||
**** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
|
||
the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
|
||
can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
|
||
|
||
**** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
|
||
the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
|
||
/usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
|
||
function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
|
||
|
||
** Dired changes
|
||
|
||
*** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
|
||
files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
|
||
|
||
*** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
|
||
run Dired on the directory name at point.
|
||
|
||
*** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
|
||
files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
|
||
for a specified regexp.
|
||
|
||
** VC Changes
|
||
|
||
*** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
|
||
conveniently.
|
||
|
||
*** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
|
||
faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
|
||
Dired.
|
||
|
||
VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
|
||
directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
|
||
listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
|
||
currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
|
||
|
||
You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
|
||
then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
|
||
vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
|
||
control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
|
||
on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
|
||
|
||
All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
|
||
is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
|
||
`v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
|
||
the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
|
||
`vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
|
||
|
||
The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
|
||
toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
|
||
VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
|
||
`* l', to mark all files currently locked.
|
||
|
||
Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
|
||
ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
|
||
command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
|
||
|
||
*** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
|
||
file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
|
||
session to resolve them.
|
||
|
||
Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
|
||
resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
|
||
contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
|
||
uses as well).
|
||
|
||
*** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
|
||
command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
|
||
you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
|
||
either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
|
||
branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
|
||
If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
|
||
using ediff.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in Font Lock
|
||
|
||
*** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
|
||
are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
|
||
use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
|
||
unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
|
||
compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
|
||
|
||
** Frame name display changes
|
||
|
||
*** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
|
||
frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
|
||
raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
|
||
when many frames are invisible or iconified.
|
||
|
||
*** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
|
||
frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
|
||
menu.
|
||
|
||
** Comint (subshell) changes
|
||
|
||
*** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
|
||
subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
|
||
with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
|
||
|
||
*** There are new commands in Comint mode.
|
||
|
||
C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
|
||
that is, the line after the last line you got.
|
||
You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
|
||
|
||
C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
|
||
send the current line together with the following line, when you send
|
||
the following line.
|
||
|
||
C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
|
||
which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
|
||
previously sent input.
|
||
|
||
C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
|
||
it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
|
||
as the search string.
|
||
|
||
*** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
|
||
automatically in compilation-mode windows.
|
||
|
||
** C mode changes
|
||
|
||
*** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
|
||
and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
|
||
assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
|
||
definition.
|
||
|
||
*** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
|
||
(i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
|
||
Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
|
||
style is still the default however.
|
||
|
||
*** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
|
||
|
||
*** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
|
||
are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
|
||
them. They do not have key bindings by default.
|
||
|
||
*** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
|
||
and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
|
||
|
||
*** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
|
||
namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
|
||
|
||
*** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
|
||
makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
|
||
|
||
*** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
|
||
c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
|
||
|
||
*** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
|
||
should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
|
||
package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
|
||
variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to hippie-expand.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
|
||
non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
|
||
which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
|
||
non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
|
||
expanding dynamically.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
|
||
non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
|
||
non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
|
||
this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
|
||
expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
|
||
|
||
*** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
|
||
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
|
||
automatic key generation. This replaces variable
|
||
bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
|
||
against the first word in the title.
|
||
|
||
*** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
|
||
capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
|
||
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
|
||
lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
|
||
lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
|
||
bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
|
||
|
||
*** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
|
||
generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
|
||
replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
|
||
bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in vcursor.el.
|
||
|
||
*** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
|
||
and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
|
||
variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
|
||
entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
|
||
`vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
|
||
in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
|
||
|
||
*** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
|
||
Editing group once the package is loaded.
|
||
|
||
*** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
|
||
generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
|
||
vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behaviour.
|
||
|
||
*** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
|
||
vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
|
||
|
||
** Ispell changes.
|
||
|
||
*** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
|
||
buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
|
||
are identified by syntax tables in effect.
|
||
|
||
*** Generic region skipping implemented.
|
||
A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
|
||
and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
|
||
defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
|
||
include:
|
||
|
||
o URLs are automatically skipped
|
||
o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
|
||
|
||
*** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to RefTeX mode
|
||
|
||
RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
|
||
large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
|
||
re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
|
||
section `Optimizations' in the manual.
|
||
|
||
*** New recursive parser.
|
||
|
||
The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
|
||
entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
|
||
recursive parser scans the individual files.
|
||
|
||
*** Parsing only part of a document.
|
||
|
||
Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
|
||
partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
|
||
the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
|
||
|
||
(setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
|
||
|
||
*** Storing parsing information in a file.
|
||
|
||
This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
|
||
|
||
(setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
|
||
|
||
*** Using multiple selection buffers
|
||
|
||
If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
|
||
for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
|
||
|
||
(setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
|
||
|
||
*** References to external documents.
|
||
|
||
The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
|
||
documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
|
||
documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
|
||
macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
|
||
RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
|
||
the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
|
||
The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
|
||
|
||
The builtin command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
|
||
and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
|
||
|
||
Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
|
||
the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
|
||
|
||
*** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
|
||
|
||
The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
|
||
buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
|
||
|
||
*** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
|
||
|
||
The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
|
||
contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
|
||
`reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
|
||
have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
|
||
enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
|
||
at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
|
||
more.
|
||
|
||
*** Support for the varioref package
|
||
|
||
The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
|
||
|
||
*** New hooks
|
||
|
||
Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
|
||
and citations are created. These hooks are
|
||
`reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
|
||
`reftex-format-cite-function'.
|
||
|
||
*** Citations outside LaTeX
|
||
|
||
The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
|
||
a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
|
||
|
||
*** Short context is no longer fontified.
|
||
|
||
The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
|
||
fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
|
||
fontified, use
|
||
|
||
(setq reftex-refontify-context t)
|
||
|
||
** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
|
||
With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
|
||
the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
|
||
directories that contain the same file name.
|
||
|
||
Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
|
||
Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
|
||
file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
|
||
Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
|
||
have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
|
||
names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
|
||
directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
|
||
directory.
|
||
|
||
** New modes and packages
|
||
|
||
*** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
|
||
It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
|
||
it, but some do not.
|
||
|
||
*** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
|
||
code.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
|
||
current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
|
||
around in a buffer.
|
||
|
||
Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
|
||
|
||
*** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
|
||
uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
|
||
be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
|
||
established system of notation similar to Chess.
|
||
|
||
*** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
|
||
documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
|
||
guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
|
||
|
||
*** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
|
||
available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
|
||
system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
|
||
simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
|
||
functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
|
||
the like.
|
||
|
||
*** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
|
||
identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
|
||
|
||
*** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
|
||
within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
|
||
used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
|
||
the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
|
||
|
||
*** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
|
||
|
||
apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
|
||
samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
|
||
fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
|
||
x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
|
||
hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
|
||
mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
|
||
javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
|
||
vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
|
||
java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
|
||
java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
|
||
mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
|
||
|
||
Platform-specific modes:
|
||
|
||
prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
|
||
pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
|
||
alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
|
||
inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
|
||
ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
|
||
reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
|
||
bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
|
||
rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
|
||
rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
|
||
|
||
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
||
|
||
** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
|
||
use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
|
||
That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
|
||
Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
|
||
|
||
Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
|
||
you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
|
||
consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
|
||
|
||
** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
|
||
and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
|
||
specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
|
||
searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
|
||
|
||
** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
|
||
multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
|
||
character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
|
||
environment.
|
||
|
||
** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
|
||
take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
|
||
string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
|
||
current input method for reading this one event.
|
||
|
||
** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
|
||
now control whether to output certain characters as
|
||
backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
|
||
non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
|
||
characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
|
||
in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
|
||
|
||
* Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
|
||
|
||
** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
|
||
of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
|
||
|
||
** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
|
||
in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
|
||
always increases point by 1.
|
||
|
||
The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
|
||
considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
|
||
|
||
See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
||
|
||
** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
|
||
Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
|
||
default value changed. For example,
|
||
|
||
(defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
|
||
:type 'integer
|
||
:group 'foo
|
||
:version "20.3")
|
||
|
||
(defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
|
||
:version "20.3")
|
||
|
||
If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
|
||
default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
|
||
is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
|
||
`:version' in the top level group.
|
||
|
||
This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
|
||
|
||
** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
|
||
starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
|
||
|
||
However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
|
||
symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
|
||
support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
|
||
to themselves.
|
||
|
||
If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
|
||
this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
|
||
values whatever.
|
||
|
||
** There is a new debugger command, R.
|
||
It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
|
||
in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
|
||
|
||
** Frame-local variables.
|
||
|
||
You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
|
||
the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
|
||
local bindings for that variable.
|
||
|
||
These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
|
||
frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
|
||
modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
|
||
parameter name.
|
||
|
||
Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
|
||
Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
|
||
active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
|
||
that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
|
||
|
||
It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
|
||
clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
|
||
very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
|
||
through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
|
||
|
||
** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
|
||
"symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
|
||
evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
|
||
makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
|
||
See the documentation in sregex.el.
|
||
|
||
** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
|
||
is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
|
||
parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
|
||
The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
|
||
|
||
** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
|
||
If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
|
||
|
||
** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
|
||
known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
|
||
define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
|
||
|
||
** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
|
||
when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
|
||
it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
|
||
history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
|
||
|
||
The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
|
||
return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
|
||
empty input.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
|
||
for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
|
||
`iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
|
||
Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
|
||
`read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
|
||
|
||
** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
|
||
echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
|
||
a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
|
||
default password to use if the user enters nothing.
|
||
|
||
** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
|
||
specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
|
||
function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
|
||
place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
|
||
non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
|
||
|
||
** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
|
||
If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
|
||
up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
|
||
end of the window, even if this requires computation.
|
||
|
||
** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
|
||
which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
|
||
If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
|
||
holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
|
||
was directed to display this buffer.
|
||
|
||
** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
|
||
with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
|
||
describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
|
||
other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
|
||
set-window-configuration.
|
||
|
||
** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
|
||
window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
|
||
positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
|
||
windows and the choice of buffers to display.
|
||
|
||
** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
|
||
override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
|
||
look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
|
||
|
||
If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
|
||
non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
|
||
map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
|
||
|
||
minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
|
||
and it is meant to be set by major modes.
|
||
|
||
** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
|
||
except that it discards all text properties from the result.
|
||
|
||
** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
|
||
USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
|
||
floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
|
||
to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
|
||
in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
|
||
it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
|
||
|
||
** Menu changes
|
||
|
||
*** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
|
||
keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
|
||
better supported.
|
||
|
||
The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
|
||
a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
|
||
you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
|
||
can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
|
||
then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
|
||
|
||
*** A new format for menu items is supported.
|
||
|
||
In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
|
||
(STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
|
||
defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
|
||
starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
|
||
|
||
The format is:
|
||
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
|
||
(menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
|
||
where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
|
||
string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
|
||
The supported properties include
|
||
|
||
:enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
||
item is enabled.
|
||
:visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
|
||
item should appear in the menu.
|
||
:filter FILTER-FN
|
||
FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
|
||
which will be REAL-BINDING.
|
||
It should return a binding to use instead.
|
||
:keys DESCRIPTION
|
||
DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
|
||
binding for for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
|
||
`substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
|
||
:key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
|
||
KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
|
||
keyboard binding.
|
||
:key-sequence nil
|
||
This means that the command normally has no
|
||
keyboard equivalent.
|
||
:help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
|
||
:button (TYPE . SELECTED)
|
||
TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
|
||
SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
|
||
value says whether this button is currently selected.
|
||
|
||
Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
|
||
Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
|
||
|
||
(menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
|
||
|
||
** New event types
|
||
|
||
*** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
|
||
mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
|
||
corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
|
||
which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
|
||
|
||
(mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
|
||
|
||
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
||
same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
|
||
indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
|
||
negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
|
||
the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
|
||
forward, away from the user.
|
||
|
||
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
||
|
||
*** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
|
||
files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
|
||
and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
|
||
filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
|
||
loaded into Emacs. The format is:
|
||
|
||
(drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
|
||
|
||
where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
|
||
same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
|
||
that were dragged and dropped.
|
||
|
||
As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
|
||
|
||
** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
|
||
|
||
*** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
|
||
any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
|
||
to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
|
||
|
||
*** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
|
||
can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
|
||
that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
|
||
|
||
*** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
|
||
in Emacs 19 and before.
|
||
|
||
The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
|
||
The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
|
||
|
||
*** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
|
||
buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
|
||
unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
|
||
representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
|
||
|
||
This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
|
||
as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
|
||
viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
|
||
one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
|
||
will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
|
||
|
||
This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
|
||
representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
|
||
(including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
|
||
consistent with the new representation.
|
||
|
||
*** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
|
||
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
|
||
about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
|
||
however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
||
|
||
The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
|
||
nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
|
||
using the table nonascii-translation-table.
|
||
|
||
*** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
|
||
representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
|
||
representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
|
||
|
||
The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
|
||
loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
|
||
is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
||
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
|
||
|
||
*** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
|
||
which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
|
||
portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
|
||
so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
|
||
You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
|
||
|
||
*** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
|
||
it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
|
||
|
||
*** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
|
||
convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
|
||
buffer or string being searched.
|
||
|
||
One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
|
||
[...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
|
||
searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
|
||
searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
|
||
obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
|
||
you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
|
||
expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
|
||
|
||
*** Structure of coding system changed.
|
||
|
||
All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
|
||
by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
|
||
which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
|
||
as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
|
||
vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
|
||
your own alias name of a coding system by the function
|
||
define-coding-system-alias.
|
||
|
||
The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
|
||
the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
|
||
access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
|
||
pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
|
||
character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
|
||
safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
|
||
'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
|
||
`iso-8859-1'.
|
||
|
||
Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
|
||
The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
|
||
coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
|
||
(coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
|
||
|
||
Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
|
||
also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
|
||
are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
|
||
the other character sets and read it back correctly.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
|
||
proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
|
||
This function requires a user interaction.
|
||
|
||
*** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
|
||
find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
|
||
select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
|
||
systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
|
||
a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
|
||
select-safe-coding-system.
|
||
|
||
*** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
|
||
decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
|
||
last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
|
||
was done.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
|
||
used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
|
||
coding systems used by some specific language environment.
|
||
|
||
*** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
|
||
return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
|
||
characters are found, they now return a list of single element
|
||
`undecided' or its subsidiaries.
|
||
|
||
*** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
|
||
coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
|
||
coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
|
||
converted.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
|
||
coding system for communicating with other X clients.
|
||
|
||
*** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
|
||
character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
|
||
character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
|
||
each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
|
||
either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
|
||
range of characters.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
|
||
Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
|
||
in the current buffer at position POS.
|
||
|
||
*** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
|
||
input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
|
||
function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
|
||
character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
|
||
event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
|
||
binding input-method-function to nil.
|
||
|
||
The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
|
||
method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
|
||
input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
|
||
the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
|
||
not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
|
||
|
||
The input method function is not called when reading the second and
|
||
subsequent events of a key sequence.
|
||
|
||
*** You can customize any language environment by using
|
||
set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
|
||
|
||
The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
|
||
customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
|
||
instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
|
||
environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
|
||
exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
|
||
|
||
* Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
||
|
||
** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
|
||
options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
|
||
at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
|
||
tree structure.
|
||
|
||
M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
|
||
user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
|
||
|
||
With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
|
||
session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
|
||
in your .emacs file.)
|
||
|
||
** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
|
||
You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
|
||
|
||
** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
|
||
This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
|
||
|
||
** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
|
||
immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
|
||
kills the region.
|
||
|
||
The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
|
||
delete the character before point, as usual.
|
||
|
||
** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
|
||
on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
|
||
by setting search-highlight to nil.)
|
||
|
||
** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
|
||
insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
|
||
the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
|
||
onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
|
||
history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
|
||
past.)
|
||
|
||
** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
|
||
This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
|
||
in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
|
||
TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
|
||
makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
|
||
|
||
As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
|
||
and is an alias for it.
|
||
|
||
If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
|
||
use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
|
||
|
||
** Scrolling changes
|
||
|
||
*** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
|
||
position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
|
||
on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
|
||
where it started.
|
||
|
||
*** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
|
||
move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
|
||
screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
|
||
does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
|
||
top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
|
||
comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
|
||
recenters the window.
|
||
|
||
** International character set support (MULE)
|
||
|
||
Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
|
||
including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
|
||
Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
|
||
Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
|
||
features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
|
||
MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
|
||
|
||
Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
|
||
coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
|
||
character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
|
||
variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
|
||
into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
|
||
|
||
Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
|
||
generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
|
||
supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
|
||
language, to make it possible to type them.
|
||
|
||
The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
|
||
character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
|
||
|
||
The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
|
||
to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
|
||
|
||
You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
|
||
|
||
(setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
|
||
|
||
Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
|
||
characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
|
||
argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
|
||
already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
|
||
characters for their work until they want to change.
|
||
|
||
*** Input methods
|
||
|
||
An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
|
||
specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
|
||
has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
|
||
the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
|
||
support several input methods.
|
||
|
||
The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
|
||
another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
|
||
work.
|
||
|
||
A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
|
||
characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
|
||
composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
|
||
consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
|
||
sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
|
||
letter.
|
||
|
||
The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
|
||
by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
|
||
First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
|
||
marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
|
||
mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
|
||
|
||
None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
|
||
they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
|
||
phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
|
||
converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
|
||
|
||
Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
|
||
word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
|
||
typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
|
||
the first guess is wrong.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
|
||
turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
|
||
|
||
If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
|
||
byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
|
||
they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
|
||
the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
|
||
|
||
However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
|
||
use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
|
||
includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
|
||
translate automatically to and from either one.
|
||
|
||
*** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
|
||
|
||
Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
|
||
file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
|
||
sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
|
||
what you want.
|
||
|
||
If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
|
||
example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
|
||
system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
|
||
multibyte characters in that buffer.
|
||
|
||
If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
|
||
character conversion as well.
|
||
|
||
*** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
|
||
|
||
A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
|
||
Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
|
||
requires using many fonts.
|
||
|
||
Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
|
||
collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
|
||
|
||
A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
|
||
the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
|
||
have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
|
||
you would use a font.
|
||
|
||
If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
|
||
specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
|
||
display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
|
||
|
||
The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
|
||
(that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
|
||
characters). If another font in the fontset has a different height,
|
||
or the wrong width, then characters assigned to that font are clipped,
|
||
and displayed within a box if highlight-wrong-size-font is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
*** Defining fontsets.
|
||
|
||
Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
|
||
chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
|
||
with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
|
||
|
||
Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
|
||
of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
|
||
`fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
|
||
standard fontset are created automatically.
|
||
|
||
If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
|
||
argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
|
||
FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
|
||
with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
|
||
name is `fontset-startup'.
|
||
|
||
Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
|
||
The resource value should have this form:
|
||
FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
|
||
FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
|
||
* most fields should be just the wild card "*".
|
||
* the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
|
||
* the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
|
||
The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
|
||
of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
|
||
CHARSET-NAME should be the name name of a character set, and
|
||
FONT-NAME should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
|
||
|
||
Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
|
||
last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
|
||
You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
|
||
|
||
For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
|
||
font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
|
||
following resource,
|
||
Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
|
||
the font for ASCII is generated as below:
|
||
-*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
|
||
Here is the substitution rule:
|
||
Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
|
||
defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
|
||
the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
|
||
sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
|
||
(This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
|
||
|
||
The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
|
||
fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
|
||
that function explicitly to create a fontset.
|
||
|
||
With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
|
||
like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
|
||
name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
|
||
fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
|
||
fontsets.
|
||
|
||
*** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
|
||
defaults for a particular choice of language.
|
||
|
||
Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
|
||
method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
|
||
visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
|
||
already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
|
||
language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
|
||
system for new files that you create.
|
||
|
||
It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
|
||
set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
|
||
whole Emacs session.
|
||
|
||
For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
|
||
chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
|
||
with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
|
||
specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
|
||
specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
|
||
the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
|
||
coding systems that Emacs supports.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
|
||
lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
|
||
This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
|
||
After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
|
||
is used for *the immediately following command*.
|
||
|
||
So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
|
||
write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
|
||
|
||
If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
|
||
then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
|
||
|
||
For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
|
||
visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
|
||
|
||
*** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
|
||
construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
|
||
to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
|
||
specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
|
||
of the file.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
|
||
the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
|
||
code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
|
||
translated into that character code.
|
||
|
||
This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
|
||
various countries to support the languages of those countries.
|
||
|
||
By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
|
||
the coding system for keyboard input.
|
||
|
||
Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
|
||
with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
|
||
some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
|
||
|
||
By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
|
||
|
||
Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
|
||
input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
|
||
translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
|
||
to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
|
||
designed to work with terminals.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
|
||
specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
|
||
This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
|
||
has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
|
||
translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
|
||
in the corresponding buffer.
|
||
|
||
By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
|
||
|
||
*** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
|
||
to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
|
||
It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
|
||
an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
|
||
command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
|
||
want to use.
|
||
|
||
C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
|
||
method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
|
||
|
||
*** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
|
||
layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
|
||
remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
|
||
which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
|
||
the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
|
||
related information.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
|
||
HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
|
||
scripts.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
|
||
information about the support for a particular language.
|
||
You specify the language as an argument.
|
||
|
||
*** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
|
||
the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
|
||
first dash.
|
||
|
||
A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
|
||
(except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
|
||
whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
|
||
1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
|
||
|
||
A alternativnyj (Russian)
|
||
B big5 (Chinese)
|
||
C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
|
||
C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
|
||
D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
|
||
E euc-japan (Japanese)
|
||
I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
||
J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
|
||
K euc-korea (Korean)
|
||
R koi8 (Russian)
|
||
Q tibetan
|
||
S shift_jis (Japanese)
|
||
T lao
|
||
T tis620 (Thai)
|
||
V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
|
||
i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
|
||
k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
|
||
v viqr (Vietnamese)
|
||
z hz (Chinese)
|
||
|
||
When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
|
||
two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
|
||
coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
|
||
keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
|
||
conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
|
||
|
||
When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
|
||
into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
|
||
rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
|
||
Rmail files themselves.
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
|
||
conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
|
||
|
||
Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
|
||
for sending mail:
|
||
|
||
- If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
|
||
- Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
|
||
- Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
|
||
if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
|
||
- Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
|
||
to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
|
||
Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
|
||
translations.
|
||
|
||
** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
|
||
of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
|
||
insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
|
||
without any conversion.
|
||
|
||
** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
|
||
You can now specify any number of octal digits.
|
||
RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
|
||
any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
|
||
|
||
** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
|
||
functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
|
||
|
||
Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
|
||
Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
|
||
|
||
Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
|
||
mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
|
||
|
||
** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
|
||
complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
|
||
in the buffer before point.
|
||
|
||
With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
|
||
symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
|
||
you are using.
|
||
|
||
With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
|
||
just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
|
||
|
||
** File locking works with NFS now.
|
||
|
||
The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
|
||
in the same directory as FILENAME.
|
||
|
||
This means that collision detection between two different machines now
|
||
works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
|
||
can become a bottleneck.
|
||
|
||
The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
|
||
does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
|
||
create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
|
||
file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
|
||
rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
|
||
so useful that the change is worth while.
|
||
|
||
When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
|
||
are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
|
||
collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
|
||
tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
|
||
|
||
** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
|
||
it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
|
||
show-paren-mode.
|
||
|
||
** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
|
||
selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
||
delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
|
||
|
||
** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
|
||
within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
|
||
complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
|
||
|
||
** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
|
||
it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
|
||
set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in View mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Several new commands are available in View mode.
|
||
Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
|
||
|
||
*** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
|
||
view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
|
||
|
||
*** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
|
||
previous state.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
|
||
scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
|
||
non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
|
||
not just the selected window.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
|
||
read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
|
||
turns View mode on or off.
|
||
|
||
*** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
|
||
how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
|
||
delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
|
||
|
||
** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
|
||
now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
|
||
|
||
** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
|
||
has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
|
||
presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
|
||
which version to compare with.
|
||
|
||
** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
|
||
blocks if a match is inside the block.
|
||
|
||
The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
|
||
is outside the block. By customizing the variable
|
||
isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
|
||
shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
|
||
|
||
By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
|
||
of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
|
||
blocks, all of them or none.
|
||
|
||
** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
|
||
current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
|
||
confirmation first.
|
||
|
||
** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
|
||
now changes the major mode according to that file name.
|
||
However, the mode will not be changed if
|
||
(1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
|
||
(2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
|
||
not suitable for ordinary files, or
|
||
(3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
|
||
|
||
This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
|
||
|
||
However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
|
||
these commands do not change the major mode.
|
||
|
||
** M-x occur changes.
|
||
|
||
*** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
|
||
it performs a case-sensitive search.
|
||
|
||
*** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
|
||
if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
|
||
using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
|
||
|
||
** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
|
||
in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
|
||
window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
|
||
that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
|
||
buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
|
||
|
||
** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
|
||
after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
|
||
appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
|
||
come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
|
||
|
||
** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
||
selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
|
||
buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
|
||
|
||
** Outline mode changes.
|
||
|
||
*** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
|
||
|
||
*** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
|
||
|
||
** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
|
||
you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
|
||
Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
|
||
was already active.
|
||
|
||
The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
|
||
unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
|
||
get confused by it.
|
||
|
||
If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
|
||
set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
|
||
|
||
*** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
|
||
conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
|
||
character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
|
||
including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
|
||
|
||
The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
|
||
mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
|
||
copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
|
||
|
||
*** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
|
||
are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
|
||
values.
|
||
|
||
`dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
|
||
case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
|
||
`dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
|
||
case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
|
||
|
||
** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
|
||
certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
|
||
can be. The default value is 30.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in Mail mode.
|
||
|
||
*** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
|
||
Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
|
||
composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
|
||
`mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
|
||
`sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
|
||
behavior.
|
||
|
||
C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
|
||
compose-mail-other-frame.
|
||
|
||
*** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
|
||
the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
|
||
replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
|
||
buffer that shows the original message.
|
||
|
||
*** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
|
||
with separator lines around the contents.
|
||
|
||
*** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
|
||
in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
|
||
definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
|
||
need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
|
||
|
||
*** New features in the mail-complete command.
|
||
|
||
**** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
|
||
for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
|
||
controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
|
||
Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
|
||
to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
|
||
/etc/passwd.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
|
||
to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
|
||
/etc/passwd.
|
||
|
||
** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
|
||
special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
|
||
directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
|
||
reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
|
||
|
||
Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
|
||
when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
|
||
be taken to be magic.
|
||
|
||
** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
|
||
files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
|
||
available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
|
||
|
||
M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
|
||
(-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
|
||
|
||
** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
|
||
suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
|
||
|
||
In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
|
||
|
||
new key dired.el binding old key
|
||
------- ---------------- -------
|
||
* c dired-change-marks c
|
||
* m dired-mark m
|
||
* * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
|
||
* / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
|
||
* @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
|
||
* u dired-unmark u
|
||
* DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
|
||
* ? dired-unmark-all-files M-C-?
|
||
* ! dired-unmark-all-marks
|
||
* % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
|
||
* C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
|
||
* C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
|
||
|
||
** Rmail changes.
|
||
|
||
*** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
|
||
saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
|
||
chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
|
||
each time you run it.
|
||
|
||
*** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
|
||
whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
|
||
|
||
*** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
|
||
messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
|
||
means to move in the opposite direction.
|
||
|
||
*** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
|
||
you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
|
||
|
||
*** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
|
||
just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
|
||
It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
|
||
can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
|
||
for output.
|
||
|
||
** Gnus changes.
|
||
|
||
*** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
|
||
|
||
*** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
|
||
Gnus.
|
||
|
||
*** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
|
||
`and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
|
||
|
||
*** Article washing status can be displayed in the
|
||
article mode line.
|
||
|
||
*** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
|
||
|
||
*** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
|
||
|
||
*** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
|
||
are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
|
||
`gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
|
||
|
||
*** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
|
||
|
||
*** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
|
||
See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
|
||
|
||
*** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
|
||
Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
|
||
used to pick articles.
|
||
|
||
*** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
|
||
another have been added.
|
||
|
||
`M-x gnus-change-server'
|
||
|
||
*** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
|
||
generating lines in buffers.
|
||
|
||
*** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
|
||
`M-C-_'.
|
||
|
||
*** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
|
||
|
||
*** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
|
||
|
||
*** Scores can be decayed.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-decay-scores t)
|
||
|
||
*** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
|
||
Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
|
||
|
||
*** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
|
||
the native server.
|
||
|
||
`M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
|
||
|
||
*** A new command for reading collections of documents
|
||
(nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `M-C-d'.
|
||
|
||
*** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
|
||
|
||
*** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
|
||
even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
|
||
|
||
*** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
|
||
(DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
|
||
|
||
Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
|
||
a group.
|
||
|
||
*** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
|
||
sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
|
||
|
||
See the commands under the `T S' submap.
|
||
|
||
*** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
|
||
|
||
See the commands under the `G P' submap.
|
||
|
||
*** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
|
||
|
||
Use the `Y c' command.
|
||
|
||
*** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
|
||
|
||
*** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
|
||
|
||
`M-x nnmail-split-history'
|
||
|
||
*** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
|
||
from incoming mail before saving the mail.
|
||
|
||
See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
|
||
|
||
*** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
|
||
|
||
*** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
|
||
the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
|
||
|
||
Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
|
||
and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
|
||
from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
|
||
hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
|
||
this issue.)
|
||
|
||
Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
|
||
automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
|
||
particular news group. This can be done by:
|
||
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
|
||
|
||
Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
|
||
of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
|
||
"XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
|
||
system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
|
||
for reading and posting).
|
||
|
||
CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
|
||
(READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
||
Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
|
||
newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
|
||
there.
|
||
|
||
Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
|
||
default. Here are some of these default settings:
|
||
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
|
||
(gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
|
||
|
||
When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
|
||
the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
|
||
|
||
** CC mode changes.
|
||
|
||
*** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
|
||
code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
|
||
values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
|
||
this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
|
||
Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
|
||
loaded.
|
||
|
||
If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
|
||
Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
|
||
style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
|
||
share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
|
||
c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
|
||
must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
|
||
of the current buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
|
||
it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
|
||
of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
|
||
|
||
*** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
|
||
style that the Python developers like.
|
||
|
||
*** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
|
||
This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
|
||
just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
|
||
|
||
** VC Changes [new]
|
||
|
||
** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
|
||
name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
|
||
directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
|
||
|
||
This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
|
||
master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
|
||
developers.
|
||
|
||
You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
|
||
RET in a buffer visiting that file.
|
||
|
||
*** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
|
||
other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
|
||
writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
|
||
calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
|
||
|
||
*** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
|
||
version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
|
||
|
||
** Calendar changes.
|
||
|
||
A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or subclasses
|
||
of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow you do this
|
||
for the year of the selected date, or the following/previous years.
|
||
|
||
** ps-print changes
|
||
|
||
There are some new user variables for customizing the page layout.
|
||
|
||
*** Paper size, paper orientation, columns
|
||
|
||
The variable `ps-paper-type' determines the size of paper ps-print
|
||
formats for; it should contain one of the symbols:
|
||
`a4' `a3' `letter' `legal' `letter-small' `tabloid'
|
||
`ledger' `statement' `executive' `a4small' `b4' `b5'
|
||
It defaults to `letter'.
|
||
If you need other sizes, see the variable `ps-page-dimensions-database'.
|
||
|
||
The variable `ps-landscape-mode' determines the orientation
|
||
of the printing on the page. nil, the default, means "portrait" mode,
|
||
non-nil means "landscape" mode.
|
||
|
||
The variable `ps-number-of-columns' must be a positive integer.
|
||
It determines the number of columns both in landscape and portrait mode.
|
||
It defaults to 1.
|
||
|
||
*** Horizontal layout
|
||
|
||
The horizontal layout is determined by the variables
|
||
`ps-left-margin', `ps-inter-column', and `ps-right-margin'.
|
||
All are measured in points.
|
||
|
||
*** Vertical layout
|
||
|
||
The vertical layout is determined by the variables
|
||
`ps-bottom-margin', `ps-top-margin', and `ps-header-offset'.
|
||
All are measured in points.
|
||
|
||
*** Headers
|
||
|
||
If the variable `ps-print-header' is nil, no header is printed. Then
|
||
`ps-header-offset' is not relevant and `ps-top-margin' represents the
|
||
margin above the text.
|
||
|
||
If the variable `ps-print-header-frame' is non-nil, a gaudy
|
||
framing box is printed around the header.
|
||
|
||
The contents of the header are determined by `ps-header-lines',
|
||
`ps-show-n-of-n', `ps-left-header' and `ps-right-header'.
|
||
|
||
The height of the header is determined by `ps-header-line-pad',
|
||
`ps-header-font-family', `ps-header-title-font-size' and
|
||
`ps-header-font-size'.
|
||
|
||
*** Font managing
|
||
|
||
The variable `ps-font-family' determines which font family is to be
|
||
used for ordinary text. Its value must be a key symbol in the alist
|
||
`ps-font-info-database'. You can add other font families by adding
|
||
elements to this alist.
|
||
|
||
The variable `ps-font-size' determines the size of the font
|
||
for ordinary text. It defaults to 8.5 points.
|
||
|
||
** hideshow changes.
|
||
|
||
*** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
|
||
C++, ; for lisp).
|
||
|
||
*** Support for java-mode added.
|
||
|
||
*** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
|
||
in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the the comments at
|
||
the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
|
||
way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
|
||
|
||
*** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
|
||
robust and a lot faster.
|
||
|
||
*** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
|
||
|
||
*** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
|
||
to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
|
||
documentation for more details.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in Enriched mode.
|
||
|
||
*** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
|
||
filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
|
||
of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
|
||
use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
|
||
the next time unless the fill-column is different.
|
||
|
||
*** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
|
||
distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
|
||
as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
|
||
as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
|
||
|
||
** Font Lock mode
|
||
|
||
*** Custom support
|
||
|
||
The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
|
||
font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
|
||
faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
|
||
group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
|
||
your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
|
||
consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
|
||
|
||
You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
|
||
|
||
*** Maximum decoration
|
||
|
||
Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
|
||
default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
|
||
of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
|
||
supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
|
||
to get the old behavior.
|
||
|
||
*** New support
|
||
|
||
Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
|
||
|
||
Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
|
||
support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Configurable support
|
||
|
||
Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
|
||
additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
|
||
c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
|
||
java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
|
||
list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
|
||
of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
|
||
convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
|
||
|
||
Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
|
||
way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
|
||
it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
|
||
|
||
*** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
|
||
|
||
You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
|
||
highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
|
||
for any mode.
|
||
|
||
For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
|
||
|
||
(font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
|
||
|
||
in your ~/.emacs.
|
||
|
||
*** New faces
|
||
|
||
Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
|
||
font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
|
||
distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
|
||
to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
|
||
|
||
*** Changes to fast-lock support mode
|
||
|
||
The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
|
||
cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
|
||
same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
|
||
|
||
*** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
|
||
|
||
The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
|
||
according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
|
||
the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
|
||
non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
|
||
refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
|
||
the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
|
||
Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
|
||
|
||
This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
|
||
For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
|
||
this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
|
||
refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
|
||
containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
|
||
the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
|
||
|
||
As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
|
||
|
||
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
|
||
Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
|
||
Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
|
||
new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
|
||
|
||
If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
|
||
settings.
|
||
|
||
** Ada mode changes.
|
||
|
||
*** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
|
||
If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
|
||
procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
|
||
you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
|
||
stubs.
|
||
|
||
*** There are two new commands:
|
||
- `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
|
||
- `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
|
||
|
||
The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
|
||
`ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
|
||
`ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
|
||
|
||
*** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
|
||
is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
|
||
Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
|
||
formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
|
||
places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
|
||
space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
|
||
|
||
** Scheme mode changes.
|
||
|
||
*** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
|
||
mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
|
||
for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
|
||
with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
|
||
have any effect.
|
||
|
||
If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
|
||
still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
|
||
scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
|
||
variables as buffer-local variables.
|
||
|
||
*** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
|
||
Use M-x dsssl-mode.
|
||
|
||
** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
|
||
it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
|
||
buffer in Emacs.
|
||
|
||
** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
|
||
constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
|
||
(in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
|
||
|
||
** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
|
||
which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
|
||
the current defun.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
|
||
following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
|
||
|
||
** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
|
||
and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
|
||
necessary).
|
||
|
||
** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
|
||
if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
|
||
these register values no longer become completely useless.
|
||
If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
|
||
asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
|
||
it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
|
||
|
||
** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
|
||
example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
|
||
be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
|
||
you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
|
||
|
||
You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
|
||
variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
|
||
file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
|
||
revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
|
||
only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
|
||
|
||
** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
|
||
since it applies only to the current frame.
|
||
|
||
** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
|
||
file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
|
||
and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
|
||
|
||
This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
|
||
multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
|
||
variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
|
||
tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
|
||
instead of just the file you are editing.
|
||
|
||
** RefTeX mode
|
||
|
||
RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
|
||
and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
|
||
different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
|
||
multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
|
||
turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
|
||
|
||
C-c ( reftex-label
|
||
Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
|
||
knows which kind of label is needed.
|
||
|
||
C-c ) reftex-reference
|
||
Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
|
||
label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
|
||
|
||
C-c [ reftex-citation
|
||
Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
|
||
database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
|
||
|
||
C-c & reftex-view-crossref
|
||
Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
|
||
|
||
C-c = reftex-toc
|
||
Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
|
||
can quickly jump to every section.
|
||
|
||
Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
|
||
commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
|
||
Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
|
||
reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
|
||
C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
|
||
|
||
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Info documentation is now available.
|
||
|
||
*** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
|
||
both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
|
||
bibtex-user-optional-fields.
|
||
|
||
*** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
|
||
(use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
|
||
|
||
*** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
|
||
entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
|
||
appropriate functions.
|
||
|
||
*** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
|
||
entries. They are bound by default to M-C-l and M-C-h.
|
||
|
||
*** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
|
||
been cleaned.
|
||
|
||
*** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
|
||
bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
|
||
|
||
*** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
|
||
shall be delimited.
|
||
|
||
*** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
|
||
bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
|
||
bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
|
||
|
||
*** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
|
||
field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
|
||
prefixed with `ALT'.
|
||
|
||
*** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
|
||
bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
|
||
formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
|
||
documentation).
|
||
|
||
*** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
|
||
documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
|
||
for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
|
||
|
||
*** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
|
||
comma should be inserted at end of last field.
|
||
|
||
*** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
|
||
alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
|
||
signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
|
||
|
||
*** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
|
||
|
||
*** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
|
||
from alien sources.
|
||
|
||
*** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
|
||
to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
|
||
crossref entries.
|
||
|
||
*** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
|
||
region.
|
||
|
||
*** Added support for imenu.
|
||
|
||
*** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
|
||
of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
|
||
`compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
|
||
`next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
|
||
|
||
*** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
|
||
from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
|
||
|
||
** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
|
||
|
||
** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
|
||
functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
|
||
Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
|
||
as an argument.
|
||
|
||
When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
|
||
and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
|
||
|
||
** browse-url changes
|
||
|
||
*** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
|
||
Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
|
||
(browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
|
||
non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
|
||
customization variables.
|
||
|
||
*** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
|
||
|
||
*** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
|
||
lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
|
||
(e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in Ediff
|
||
|
||
*** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
|
||
pops up the Info file for this command.
|
||
|
||
*** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
|
||
the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
|
||
merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
|
||
directories).
|
||
|
||
*** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
|
||
and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
|
||
files in the same directory.
|
||
|
||
*** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
|
||
The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
|
||
related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
|
||
|
||
** Changes in Viper
|
||
|
||
*** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
|
||
*** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
|
||
instead of vip-.
|
||
*** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
|
||
*** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
|
||
Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
|
||
*** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
|
||
*** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
|
||
*** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
|
||
color when Viper is in insert state.
|
||
*** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
|
||
Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
|
||
viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
|
||
|
||
** Etags changes.
|
||
|
||
*** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
|
||
default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
|
||
Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
|
||
variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
|
||
not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
|
||
|
||
*** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
|
||
|
||
*** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
|
||
constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
|
||
|
||
*** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
|
||
recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
|
||
In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
|
||
|
||
*** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
|
||
C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
|
||
recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
|
||
methods and protocols.
|
||
|
||
*** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
|
||
.cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
|
||
column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
|
||
paragraph name.
|
||
|
||
*** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
|
||
an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
|
||
at least M times and as many as N times.
|
||
|
||
** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
|
||
in files has changed slightly.
|
||
|
||
With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
|
||
time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
|
||
This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
|
||
with old time-stamp-format values.
|
||
|
||
In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
|
||
(`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
|
||
This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
|
||
reasons.
|
||
|
||
In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
|
||
natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
|
||
fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
|
||
(`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
|
||
time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
|
||
specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
|
||
|
||
Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
|
||
case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
|
||
truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
|
||
|
||
The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
|
||
being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
|
||
future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
|
||
recommended now will continue to work then.
|
||
|
||
See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
|
||
details.
|
||
|
||
** There are some additional major modes:
|
||
|
||
dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
|
||
m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
|
||
meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
|
||
|
||
** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
|
||
copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
|
||
into Emacs.
|
||
|
||
** New Lisp packages include:
|
||
|
||
*** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
|
||
be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
|
||
in shell buffers.
|
||
|
||
*** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
|
||
See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
|
||
and `elint-defun'.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
|
||
meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
|
||
ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
|
||
strings or comments.
|
||
|
||
These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
|
||
abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
|
||
you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
|
||
insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
|
||
at these points.
|
||
|
||
*** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
|
||
can visit them by short forms of their names.
|
||
|
||
*** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
|
||
Emacs Lisp function at point.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
|
||
switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
|
||
|
||
*** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
|
||
|
||
*** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
|
||
from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
|
||
|
||
*** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
|
||
You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
|
||
inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
|
||
original place after inserting the copy.
|
||
|
||
*** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
|
||
on the buffer.
|
||
|
||
You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
|
||
velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
|
||
(with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
|
||
|
||
Enable mouse-drag with:
|
||
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
|
||
-or-
|
||
(global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
|
||
|
||
*** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
|
||
mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
|
||
|
||
*** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
|
||
It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
|
||
|
||
*** ogonek
|
||
|
||
The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
|
||
Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
|
||
platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
|
||
TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
|
||
ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
|
||
prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
|
||
instance) and vice versa.
|
||
|
||
To use this package load it using
|
||
M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
|
||
Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
|
||
M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
|
||
M-x ogonek-how -- in English
|
||
The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
|
||
ways of customization in `.emacs'.
|
||
|
||
*** Interface to ph.
|
||
|
||
Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
|
||
|
||
The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
|
||
services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
|
||
these servers.
|
||
|
||
*** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
|
||
|
||
*** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
|
||
You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
|
||
while the real cursor does not move.
|
||
|
||
*** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
|
||
for visiting your favorite web sites.
|
||
|
||
*** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
|
||
so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
|
||
|
||
** movemail change
|
||
|
||
Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
|
||
mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
|
||
supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
|
||
user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
|
||
|
||
This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
|
||
|
||
* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
|
||
|
||
Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
|
||
end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
|
||
Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
|
||
file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
|
||
file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
|
||
|
||
To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
|
||
C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
|
||
coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
|
||
specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
|
||
LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
|
||
save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
|
||
|
||
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
|
||
|
||
** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
|
||
Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
|
||
vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
|
||
Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
|
||
|
||
** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
|
||
to start with w32- instead of win32-.
|
||
|
||
In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
|
||
don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
|
||
"win".
|
||
|
||
** Basic Lisp changes
|
||
|
||
*** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
|
||
evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
|
||
|
||
*** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
|
||
be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
|
||
or by the user.
|
||
|
||
The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
|
||
|
||
*** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
|
||
|
||
(when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
|
||
(unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
|
||
|
||
*** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
|
||
usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
|
||
its argument.
|
||
|
||
*** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
|
||
|
||
*** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
|
||
|
||
*** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
|
||
error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
|
||
include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
|
||
`format' function.
|
||
|
||
*** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
|
||
or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
|
||
whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
|
||
|
||
*** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
|
||
either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
|
||
adding one of these suffixes.
|
||
|
||
*** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
|
||
which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
|
||
If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
|
||
|
||
We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
|
||
because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
|
||
|
||
*** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
|
||
|
||
*** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
|
||
You must load the `cl' library to define it.
|
||
|
||
*** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
|
||
conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
|
||
|
||
(with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
|
||
|
||
BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
|
||
BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
|
||
choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
|
||
restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
|
||
works using `save-current-buffer'.
|
||
|
||
*** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
|
||
write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
|
||
of the last form.
|
||
|
||
*** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
|
||
which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
|
||
last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
|
||
as the last form.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
|
||
characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
|
||
matches.
|
||
|
||
For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
|
||
|
||
*** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
|
||
with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
|
||
Then it returns that string.
|
||
|
||
For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
|
||
|
||
(with-output-to-string
|
||
(princ "The buffer is ")
|
||
(princ (buffer-name)))
|
||
|
||
returns "The buffer is foo".
|
||
|
||
** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
|
||
is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
|
||
buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
|
||
characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
|
||
|
||
*** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
|
||
a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
|
||
|
||
Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
|
||
character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
|
||
Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
|
||
position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
|
||
characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
|
||
(lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
|
||
|
||
ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
|
||
Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
|
||
non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
|
||
characters".
|
||
|
||
The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
|
||
through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
|
||
"leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
|
||
range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
|
||
leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
|
||
|
||
*** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
|
||
(forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
|
||
multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
|
||
character, which may be more than one buffer position.
|
||
|
||
This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
|
||
always one buffer position, need to be changed.
|
||
|
||
However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
|
||
|
||
*** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
|
||
because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
|
||
have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
|
||
the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
|
||
guaranteed.
|
||
|
||
*** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
|
||
between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
|
||
character).
|
||
|
||
When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
|
||
|
||
0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
|
||
1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
|
||
2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
|
||
3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
|
||
4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
|
||
|
||
*** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
|
||
|
||
*** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
|
||
`length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
|
||
more than the number of characters.
|
||
|
||
You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
|
||
it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
|
||
\xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
|
||
is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
|
||
follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
|
||
newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
|
||
|
||
*** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
|
||
and returns a string containing those characters.
|
||
|
||
*** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
|
||
(sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
|
||
counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
|
||
character, sref signals an error.
|
||
|
||
*** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
|
||
in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
|
||
string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
||
|
||
*** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
|
||
in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
|
||
region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
|
||
|
||
*** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
|
||
the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
|
||
to a vector of the characters in it.
|
||
|
||
*** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
|
||
of a string. You call it as follows:
|
||
|
||
(store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
|
||
|
||
This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
|
||
STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
|
||
This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
|
||
Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
|
||
it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
|
||
|
||
*** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
|
||
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
||
|
||
*** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
|
||
if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
|
||
|
||
*** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
|
||
to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
|
||
not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
|
||
which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
|
||
|
||
(truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
|
||
|
||
This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
|
||
|
||
The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
|
||
If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
|
||
are not included in the resulting value.
|
||
|
||
The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
|
||
at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
|
||
WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
|
||
is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
|
||
|
||
If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
|
||
place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
|
||
character extends across that column), then the padding character
|
||
PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
|
||
string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
|
||
column START-COLUMN.
|
||
|
||
*** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
|
||
the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
|
||
necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
|
||
difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
|
||
changed text, before the change.
|
||
|
||
*** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
|
||
sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
|
||
one character set for each script, not for each language.
|
||
|
||
**** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
|
||
|
||
**** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
|
||
set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
|
||
|
||
**** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
|
||
name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
|
||
which identify the character within that character set.
|
||
|
||
**** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
|
||
byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
|
||
opposite of split-char.
|
||
|
||
**** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
|
||
of all the characters between BEG and END.
|
||
|
||
**** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
|
||
of all the characters in a string.
|
||
|
||
*** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
|
||
and specifying coding systems.
|
||
|
||
**** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
|
||
system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
|
||
of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
|
||
(Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
|
||
and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
|
||
as what to do about code conversion.)
|
||
|
||
**** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
|
||
name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
|
||
|
||
**** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
||
for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
||
except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
|
||
|
||
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
||
which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
|
||
to match against a file name.
|
||
|
||
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
||
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
||
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
||
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
||
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
||
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
||
|
||
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
||
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
|
||
the coding system to use for network sockets.
|
||
|
||
Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
|
||
which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
|
||
either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
|
||
service names.
|
||
|
||
VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
|
||
a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
|
||
decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
|
||
to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
|
||
systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
|
||
specifies the coding system for encoding.
|
||
|
||
If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
|
||
or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
|
||
|
||
**** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
|
||
for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
|
||
except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
|
||
start the subprocess.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
|
||
systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
|
||
when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
|
||
(OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
|
||
to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
|
||
|
||
**** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
|
||
coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
|
||
subprocess.
|
||
|
||
It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
|
||
but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
|
||
start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
|
||
connection permanently or until overridden.
|
||
|
||
The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
|
||
file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
|
||
network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
|
||
coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
|
||
It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
|
||
system for one operation at a time.
|
||
|
||
**** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
|
||
files, subprocesses or network connections.
|
||
|
||
**** The function process-coding-system tells you what
|
||
coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
|
||
The value is a cons cell,
|
||
(DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
|
||
where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
|
||
the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
|
||
input to the subprocess.
|
||
|
||
**** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
|
||
change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
|
||
customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
|
||
you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
|
||
|
||
You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
|
||
variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
|
||
information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
|
||
legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
|
||
customization.
|
||
|
||
Thus, instead of writing
|
||
|
||
(defvar foo-blurgoze nil
|
||
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
|
||
|
||
you would now write this:
|
||
|
||
(defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
|
||
"*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
|
||
:type 'boolean
|
||
:group foo)
|
||
|
||
The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
|
||
two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
|
||
describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
|
||
for a description of them.
|
||
|
||
The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
|
||
should belong to. You define a new group like this:
|
||
|
||
(defgroup ispell nil
|
||
"Spell checking using Ispell."
|
||
:group 'processes)
|
||
|
||
The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
|
||
group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
|
||
but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
|
||
to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
|
||
second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
|
||
|
||
Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
|
||
package should have just one group; a more complex package should
|
||
have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
|
||
package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
|
||
first-level subgroups.
|
||
|
||
** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
|
||
|
||
This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
|
||
separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
|
||
|
||
** easy-mmode
|
||
|
||
The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
|
||
developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
|
||
only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
|
||
predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
|
||
`easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
|
||
`easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
|
||
|
||
** Text property changes
|
||
|
||
*** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
|
||
text property.
|
||
|
||
*** The new functions next-char-property-change and
|
||
previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
|
||
place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
|
||
functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
|
||
starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
|
||
|
||
If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
|
||
LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
|
||
of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
|
||
position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
|
||
value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
|
||
is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in invisibility features
|
||
|
||
*** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
|
||
hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
|
||
is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
|
||
should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
|
||
would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
|
||
make the overlay visible.
|
||
|
||
During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
|
||
invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
|
||
needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
|
||
which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
|
||
the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
|
||
t when it should hide it.
|
||
|
||
*** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
|
||
|
||
Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
|
||
invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
|
||
and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
|
||
Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
|
||
manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
|
||
Here is an example of how to do this:
|
||
|
||
;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
|
||
(add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
||
;; If you don't want ellipsis:
|
||
(add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
(overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
|
||
|
||
...
|
||
;; When done with the overlays:
|
||
(remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
|
||
;; Or respectively:
|
||
(remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
|
||
|
||
** Changes in syntax parsing.
|
||
|
||
*** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
|
||
`parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
|
||
obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
|
||
`parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
|
||
is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
|
||
used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
|
||
|
||
When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
|
||
character in the buffer is calculated thus:
|
||
|
||
a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
|
||
is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
|
||
|
||
Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
|
||
syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
|
||
a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
|
||
|
||
b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
|
||
is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
|
||
(instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
|
||
determine the syntax type of the character.
|
||
|
||
c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
|
||
of the current buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
|
||
value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
|
||
for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
|
||
|
||
*** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
|
||
and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
|
||
only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
|
||
character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
|
||
another character with the same code (unless quoted).
|
||
|
||
These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
|
||
text property.
|
||
|
||
*** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
|
||
arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
|
||
of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
|
||
|
||
*** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
|
||
(and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
|
||
element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
|
||
nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
|
||
string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
|
||
|
||
*** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
|
||
syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
|
||
`font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in face features
|
||
|
||
*** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
|
||
if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
|
||
|
||
*** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
|
||
of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
|
||
|
||
*** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
|
||
set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
|
||
|
||
*** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
|
||
set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
|
||
|
||
*** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
|
||
by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
|
||
and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
|
||
the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
|
||
overlay property).
|
||
|
||
This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
|
||
arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in file-handling functions
|
||
|
||
*** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
|
||
directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
|
||
they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
|
||
is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
|
||
|
||
This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
|
||
begins with ~.
|
||
|
||
*** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
|
||
it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
|
||
|
||
*** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
|
||
the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
|
||
|
||
*** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
|
||
as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
|
||
|
||
*** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
|
||
character code conversion as well as other things.
|
||
|
||
Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
|
||
(formerly it did not).
|
||
|
||
*** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
|
||
environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
|
||
|
||
*** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
|
||
instead of constant strings.
|
||
|
||
*** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
|
||
to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
|
||
any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
|
||
|
||
substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
|
||
in the same way as before.
|
||
|
||
*** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
|
||
The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
|
||
which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
|
||
error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
|
||
else, and returns nil.
|
||
|
||
*** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
|
||
directory cannot be listed.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in minibuffer input
|
||
|
||
*** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
|
||
read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
|
||
additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
|
||
argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
|
||
ways:
|
||
|
||
It is returned if the user enters empty input.
|
||
It is available through the history command M-n.
|
||
|
||
*** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
|
||
read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
|
||
argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
|
||
minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
|
||
enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
|
||
|
||
In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
|
||
argument in this way.
|
||
|
||
*** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
|
||
from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
|
||
minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
|
||
|
||
** Echo area features
|
||
|
||
*** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
|
||
echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
|
||
minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
|
||
after the echo area is cleared.
|
||
|
||
*** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
|
||
in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
|
||
|
||
** Keyboard input features
|
||
|
||
*** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
|
||
set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
|
||
|
||
*** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
|
||
received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
|
||
by keyboard macros.
|
||
|
||
** Frame-related changes
|
||
|
||
*** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
|
||
creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
|
||
hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
|
||
|
||
*** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
|
||
the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
|
||
has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
|
||
|
||
*** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
|
||
selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
|
||
value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
|
||
in the selected frame.
|
||
|
||
*** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
|
||
is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
|
||
which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
|
||
|
||
** X Windows features
|
||
|
||
*** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
|
||
x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
|
||
x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
|
||
|
||
*** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
|
||
The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
|
||
|
||
*** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
|
||
MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
|
||
A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
|
||
|
||
If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
|
||
it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
|
||
|
||
** Subprocess features
|
||
|
||
*** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
|
||
functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
|
||
automatically.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
|
||
and returns the output from the command as a string.
|
||
|
||
*** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
|
||
and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
|
||
|
||
** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
|
||
does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
|
||
|
||
** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
|
||
at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
|
||
goes after the other menu items.
|
||
|
||
** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
|
||
of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
|
||
around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
|
||
are in use.
|
||
|
||
The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
|
||
series of several changes--if that seems safe.
|
||
|
||
Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
|
||
after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
|
||
form.
|
||
|
||
** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
|
||
is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
|
||
but its hook is still run.
|
||
|
||
** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
|
||
for errors that are handled by condition-case.
|
||
|
||
If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
|
||
regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
|
||
useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
|
||
|
||
This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
|
||
are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
|
||
filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
|
||
warned.
|
||
|
||
** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
|
||
way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
|
||
|
||
** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
|
||
integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
|
||
functions like display-time.
|
||
|
||
** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
|
||
name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
|
||
|
||
** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
|
||
can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
|
||
is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
|
||
|
||
** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
|
||
if there is an error in compilation.
|
||
|
||
** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
|
||
switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
|
||
argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
|
||
they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
|
||
|
||
** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
|
||
Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
|
||
the *scratch* buffer.
|
||
|
||
** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
|
||
The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
|
||
where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
|
||
e.g., in Font Lock mode.
|
||
|
||
** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
|
||
and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
|
||
It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
|
||
|
||
** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
|
||
using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
|
||
variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
|
||
and compose-mail-other-frame.
|
||
|
||
** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
|
||
can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
|
||
full name of the specified user will be returned.
|
||
|
||
** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
|
||
of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
|
||
where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
|
||
in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
|
||
option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
|
||
files at all.
|
||
|
||
** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
|
||
and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
|
||
width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
|
||
the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
|
||
|
||
For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
|
||
minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
|
||
with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
|
||
is how %S normally pads to two positions.
|
||
|
||
** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
|
||
|
||
** imenu.el changes.
|
||
|
||
You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
|
||
item from menu created by imenu.
|
||
|
||
An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
|
||
#include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
|
||
select one of those items.
|
||
|
||
* Emacs 19.34 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
|
||
|
||
* Changes in Emacs 19.33.
|
||
|
||
** Bibtex mode no longer turns on Auto Fill automatically. (No major
|
||
mode should do that--it is the user's choice.)
|
||
|
||
** The variable normal-auto-fill-function specifies the function to
|
||
use for auto-fill-function, if and when Auto Fill is turned on.
|
||
Major modes can set this locally to alter how Auto Fill works.
|
||
|
||
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.32
|
||
|
||
** C-x f with no argument now signals an error.
|
||
To set the fill column at the current column, use C-u C-x f.
|
||
|
||
** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
|
||
conversion. If you type the abbreviation with mixed case, and it
|
||
matches the beginning of the expansion including case, then the
|
||
expansion is copied verbatim. Using SPC M-/ to copy an additional
|
||
word always copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is
|
||
all caps.
|
||
|
||
** On a non-windowing terminal, which can display only one Emacs frame
|
||
at a time, creating a new frame with C-x 5 2 also selects that frame.
|
||
|
||
When using a display that can show multiple frames at once, C-x 5 2
|
||
does make the frame visible, but does not select it. This is the same
|
||
as in previous Emacs versions.
|
||
|
||
** You can use C-x 5 2 to create multiple frames on MSDOS, just as on a
|
||
non-X terminal on Unix. Of course, only one frame is visible at any
|
||
time, since your terminal doesn't have the ability to display multiple
|
||
frames.
|
||
|
||
** On Windows, set win32-pass-alt-to-system to a non-nil value
|
||
if you would like tapping the Alt key to invoke the Windows menu.
|
||
This feature is not enabled by default; since the Alt key is also the
|
||
Meta key, it is too easy and painful to activate this feature by
|
||
accident.
|
||
|
||
** The command apply-macro-to-region-lines repeats the last defined
|
||
keyboard macro once for each complete line within the current region.
|
||
It does this line by line, by moving point to the beginning of that
|
||
line and then executing the macro.
|
||
|
||
This command is not new, but was never documented before.
|
||
|
||
** You can now use Mouse-1 to place the region around a string constant
|
||
(something surrounded by doublequote characters or other delimiter
|
||
characters of like syntax) by double-clicking on one of the delimiting
|
||
characters.
|
||
|
||
** Font Lock mode
|
||
|
||
*** Font Lock support modes
|
||
|
||
Font Lock can be configured to use Fast Lock mode and Lazy Lock mode (see
|
||
below) in a flexible way. Rather than adding the appropriate function to the
|
||
hook font-lock-mode-hook, you can use the new variable font-lock-support-mode
|
||
to control which modes have Fast Lock mode or Lazy Lock mode turned on when
|
||
Font Lock mode is enabled.
|
||
|
||
For example, to use Fast Lock mode when Font Lock mode is turned on, put:
|
||
|
||
(setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
|
||
|
||
in your ~/.emacs.
|
||
|
||
*** lazy-lock
|
||
|
||
The lazy-lock package speeds up Font Lock mode by making fontification occur
|
||
only when necessary, such as when a previously unfontified part of the buffer
|
||
becomes visible in a window. When you create a buffer with Font Lock mode and
|
||
Lazy Lock mode turned on, the buffer is not fontified. When certain events
|
||
occur (such as scrolling), Lazy Lock makes sure that the visible parts of the
|
||
buffer are fontified. Lazy Lock also defers on-the-fly fontification until
|
||
Emacs has been idle for a given amount of time.
|
||
|
||
To use this package, put in your ~/.emacs:
|
||
|
||
(setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
|
||
|
||
To control the package behaviour, see the documentation for `lazy-lock-mode'.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
||
|
||
*** For all entries allow spaces and tabs between opening brace or
|
||
paren and key.
|
||
|
||
*** Non-escaped double-quoted characters (as in `Sch"of') are now
|
||
supported.
|
||
|
||
** Gnus changes.
|
||
|
||
Gnus, the Emacs news reader, has undergone further rewriting. Many new
|
||
commands and variables have been added. There should be no
|
||
significant incompatibilities between this Gnus version and the
|
||
previously released version, except in the message composition area.
|
||
|
||
Below is a list of the more user-visible changes. Coding changes
|
||
between Gnus 5.1 and 5.2 are more extensive.
|
||
|
||
*** A new message composition mode is used. All old customization
|
||
variables for mail-mode, rnews-reply-mode and gnus-msg are now
|
||
obsolete.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus is now able to generate "sparse" threads -- threads where
|
||
missing articles are represented by empty nodes.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-build-sparse-threads 'some)
|
||
|
||
*** Outgoing articles are stored on a special archive server.
|
||
|
||
To disable this: (setq gnus-message-archive-group nil)
|
||
|
||
*** Partial thread regeneration now happens when articles are
|
||
referred.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus can make use of GroupLens predictions:
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-use-grouplens t)
|
||
|
||
*** A trn-line tree buffer can be displayed.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-use-trees t)
|
||
|
||
*** An nn-like pick-and-read minor mode is available for the summary
|
||
buffers.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-summary-mode-hook 'gnus-pick-mode)
|
||
|
||
*** In binary groups you can use a special binary minor mode:
|
||
|
||
`M-x gnus-binary-mode'
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can be grouped in a folding topic hierarchy.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-group-mode-hook 'gnus-topic-mode)
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus can re-send and bounce mail.
|
||
|
||
Use the `S D r' and `S D b'.
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can now have a score, and bubbling based on entry frequency
|
||
is possible.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-summary-exit-hook 'gnus-summary-bubble-group)
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can be process-marked, and commands can be performed on
|
||
groups of groups.
|
||
|
||
*** Caching is possible in virtual groups.
|
||
|
||
*** nndoc now understands all kinds of digests, mail boxes, rnews news
|
||
batches, ClariNet briefs collections, and just about everything else.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus has a new backend (nnsoup) to create/read SOUP packets.
|
||
|
||
*** The Gnus cache is much faster.
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can be sorted according to many criteria.
|
||
|
||
For instance: (setq gnus-group-sort-function 'gnus-group-sort-by-rank)
|
||
|
||
*** New group parameters have been introduced to set list-address and
|
||
expiration times.
|
||
|
||
*** All formatting specs allow specifying faces to be used.
|
||
|
||
*** There are several more commands for setting/removing/acting on
|
||
process marked articles on the `M P' submap.
|
||
|
||
*** The summary buffer can be limited to show parts of the available
|
||
articles based on a wide range of criteria. These commands have been
|
||
bound to keys on the `/' submap.
|
||
|
||
*** Articles can be made persistent -- as an alternative to saving
|
||
articles with the `*' command.
|
||
|
||
*** All functions for hiding article elements are now toggles.
|
||
|
||
*** Article headers can be buttonized.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-add-buttons-to-head)
|
||
|
||
*** All mail backends support fetching articles by Message-ID.
|
||
|
||
*** Duplicate mail can now be treated properly. See the
|
||
`nnmail-treat-duplicates' variable.
|
||
|
||
*** All summary mode commands are available directly from the article
|
||
buffer.
|
||
|
||
*** Frames can be part of `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
|
||
|
||
*** Mail can be re-scanned by a daemonic process.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus can make use of NoCeM files to filter spam.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-use-nocem t)
|
||
|
||
*** Groups can be made permanently visible.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-permanently-visible-groups "^nnml:")
|
||
|
||
*** Many new hooks have been introduced to make customizing easier.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus respects the Mail-Copies-To header.
|
||
|
||
*** Threads can be gathered by looking at the References header.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-summary-thread-gathering-function
|
||
'gnus-gather-threads-by-references)
|
||
|
||
*** Read articles can be stored in a special backlog buffer to avoid
|
||
refetching.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-keep-backlog 50)
|
||
|
||
*** A clean copy of the current article is always stored in a separate
|
||
buffer to allow easier treatment.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus can suggest where to save articles. See `gnus-split-methods'.
|
||
|
||
*** Gnus doesn't have to do as much prompting when saving.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-prompt-before-saving t)
|
||
|
||
*** gnus-uu can view decoded files asynchronously while fetching
|
||
articles.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-uu-grabbed-file-functions 'gnus-uu-grab-view)
|
||
|
||
*** Filling in the article buffer now works properly on cited text.
|
||
|
||
*** Hiding cited text adds buttons to toggle hiding, and how much
|
||
cited text to hide is now customizable.
|
||
|
||
(setq gnus-cited-lines-visible 2)
|
||
|
||
*** Boring headers can be hidden.
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'gnus-article-display-hook 'gnus-article-hide-boring-headers)
|
||
|
||
*** Default scoring values can now be set from the menu bar.
|
||
|
||
*** Further syntax checking of outgoing articles have been added.
|
||
|
||
The Gnus manual has been expanded. It explains all these new features
|
||
in greater detail.
|
||
|
||
* Lisp Changes in Emacs 19.32
|
||
|
||
** The function set-visited-file-name now accepts an optional
|
||
second argument NO-QUERY. If it is non-nil, then the user is not
|
||
asked for confirmation in the case where the specified file already
|
||
exists.
|
||
|
||
** The variable print-length applies to printing vectors and bitvectors,
|
||
as well as lists.
|
||
|
||
** The new function keymap-parent returns the parent keymap
|
||
of a given keymap.
|
||
|
||
** The new function set-keymap-parent specifies a new parent for a
|
||
given keymap. The arguments are KEYMAP and PARENT. PARENT must be a
|
||
keymap or nil.
|
||
|
||
** Sometimes menu keymaps use a command name, a symbol, which is really
|
||
an automatically generated alias for some other command, the "real"
|
||
name. In such a case, you should give that alias symbol a non-nil
|
||
menu-alias property. That property tells the menu system to look for
|
||
equivalent keys for the real name instead of equivalent keys for the
|
||
alias.
|
||
|
||
* Editing Changes in Emacs 19.31
|
||
|
||
** Freedom of the press restricted in the United States.
|
||
|
||
Emacs has been censored in accord with the Communications Decency Act.
|
||
This includes removing some features of the doctor program. That law
|
||
was described by its supporters as a ban on pornography, but it bans
|
||
far more than that. The Emacs distribution has never contained any
|
||
pornography, but parts of it were nonetheless prohibited.
|
||
|
||
For information on US government censorship of the Internet, and what
|
||
you can do to bring back freedom of the press, see the web site
|
||
`http://www.vtw.org/'.
|
||
|
||
** A note about C mode indentation customization.
|
||
|
||
The old (Emacs 19.29) ways of specifying a C indentation style
|
||
do not normally work in the new implementation of C mode.
|
||
It has its own methods of customizing indentation, which are
|
||
much more powerful than the old C mode. See the Editing Programs
|
||
chapter of the manual for details.
|
||
|
||
However, you can load the library cc-compat to make the old
|
||
customization variables take effect.
|
||
|
||
** Marking with the mouse.
|
||
|
||
When you mark a region with the mouse, the region now remains
|
||
highlighted until the next input event, regardless of whether you are
|
||
using M-x transient-mark-mode.
|
||
|
||
** Improved Windows NT/95 support.
|
||
|
||
*** Emacs now supports scroll bars on Windows NT and Windows 95.
|
||
|
||
*** Emacs now supports subprocesses on Windows 95. (Subprocesses used
|
||
to work on NT only and not on 95.)
|
||
|
||
*** There are difficulties with subprocesses, though, due to problems
|
||
in Windows, beyond the control of Emacs. They work fine as long as
|
||
you run Windows applications. The problems arise when you run a DOS
|
||
application in a subprocesses. Since current shells run as DOS
|
||
applications, these problems are significant.
|
||
|
||
If you run a DOS application in a subprocess, then the application is
|
||
likely to busy-wait, which means that your machine will be 100% busy.
|
||
However, if you don't mind the temporary heavy load, the subprocess
|
||
will work OK as long as you tell it to terminate before you start any
|
||
other DOS application as a subprocess.
|
||
|
||
Emacs is unable to terminate or interrupt a DOS subprocess.
|
||
You have to do this by providing input directly to the subprocess.
|
||
|
||
If you run two DOS applications at the same time in two separate
|
||
subprocesses, even if one of them is asynchronous, you will probably
|
||
have to reboot your machine--until then, it will remain 100% busy.
|
||
Windows simply does not cope when one Windows process tries to run two
|
||
separate DOS subprocesses. Typing CTL-ALT-DEL and then choosing
|
||
Shutdown seems to work although it may take a few minutes.
|
||
|
||
** M-x resize-minibuffer-mode.
|
||
|
||
This command, not previously mentioned in NEWS, toggles a mode in
|
||
which the minibuffer window expands to show as many lines as the
|
||
minibuffer contains.
|
||
|
||
** `title' frame parameter and resource.
|
||
|
||
The `title' X resource now specifies just the frame title, nothing else.
|
||
It does not affect the name used for looking up other X resources.
|
||
It works by setting the new `title' frame parameter, which likewise
|
||
affects just the displayed title of the frame.
|
||
|
||
The `name' parameter continues to do what it used to do:
|
||
it specifies the frame name for looking up X resources,
|
||
and also serves as the default for the displayed title
|
||
when the `title' parameter is unspecified or nil.
|
||
|
||
** Emacs now uses the X toolkit by default, if you have a new
|
||
enough version of X installed (X11R5 or newer).
|
||
|
||
** When you compile Emacs with the Motif widget set, Motif handles the
|
||
F10 key by activating the menu bar. To avoid confusion, the usual
|
||
Emacs binding of F10 is replaced with a no-op when using Motif.
|
||
|
||
If you want to be able to use F10 in Emacs, you can rebind the Motif
|
||
menubar to some other key which you don't use. To do so, add
|
||
something like this to your X resources file. This example rebinds
|
||
the Motif menu bar activation key to S-F12:
|
||
|
||
Emacs*defaultVirtualBindings: osfMenuBar : Shift<Key>F12
|
||
|
||
** In overwrite mode, DEL now inserts spaces in most cases
|
||
to replace the characters it "deletes".
|
||
|
||
** The Rmail summary now shows the number of lines in each message.
|
||
|
||
** Rmail has a new command M-x unforward-rmail-message, which extracts
|
||
a forwarded message from the message that forwarded it. To use it,
|
||
select a message which contains a forwarded message and then type the command.
|
||
It inserts the forwarded message as a separate Rmail message
|
||
immediately after the selected one.
|
||
|
||
This command also undoes the textual modifications that are standardly
|
||
made, as part of forwarding, by Rmail and other mail reader programs.
|
||
|
||
** Turning off saving of .saves-... files in your home directory.
|
||
|
||
Each Emacs session writes a file named .saves-... in your home
|
||
directory to record which files M-x recover-session should recover.
|
||
If you exit Emacs normally with C-x C-c, it deletes that file. If
|
||
Emacs or the operating system crashes, the file remains for M-x
|
||
recover-session.
|
||
|
||
You can turn off the writing of these files by setting
|
||
auto-save-list-file-name to nil. If you do this, M-x recover-session
|
||
will not work.
|
||
|
||
Some previous Emacs versions failed to delete these files even on
|
||
normal exit. This is fixed now. If you are thinking of turning off
|
||
this feature because of past experiences with versions that had this
|
||
bug, it would make sense to check whether you still want to do so
|
||
now that the bug is fixed.
|
||
|
||
** Changes to Version Control (VC)
|
||
|
||
There is a new variable, vc-follow-symlinks. It indicates what to do
|
||
when you visit a link to a file that is under version control.
|
||
Editing the file through the link bypasses the version control system,
|
||
which is dangerous and probably not what you want.
|
||
|
||
If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file,
|
||
telling you about it in the echo area. If it is `ask' (the default),
|
||
VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link. If nil,
|
||
the link is visited and a warning displayed.
|
||
|
||
** iso-acc.el now lets you specify a choice of language.
|
||
Languages include "latin-1" (the default) and "latin-2" (which
|
||
is designed for entering ISO Latin-2 characters).
|
||
|
||
There are also choices for specific human languages such as French and
|
||
Portuguese. These are subsets of Latin-1, which differ in that they
|
||
enable only the accent characters needed for particular language.
|
||
The other accent characters, not needed for the chosen language,
|
||
remain normal.
|
||
|
||
** Posting articles and sending mail now has M-TAB completion on various
|
||
header fields (Newsgroups, To, CC, ...).
|
||
|
||
Completion in the Newsgroups header depends on the list of groups
|
||
known to your news reader. Completion in the Followup-To header
|
||
offers those groups which are in the Newsgroups header, since
|
||
Followup-To usually just holds one of those.
|
||
|
||
Completion in fields that hold mail addresses works based on the list
|
||
of local users plus your aliases. Additionally, if your site provides
|
||
a mail directory or a specific host to use for any unrecognized user
|
||
name, you can arrange to query that host for completion also. (See the
|
||
documentation of variables `mail-directory-process' and
|
||
`mail-directory-stream'.)
|
||
|
||
** A greatly extended sgml-mode offers new features such as (to be configured)
|
||
skeletons with completing read for tags and attributes, typing named
|
||
characters including optionally all 8bit characters, making tags invisible
|
||
with optional alternate display text, skipping and deleting tag(pair)s.
|
||
|
||
Note: since Emacs' syntax feature cannot limit the special meaning of ', " and
|
||
- to inside <>, for some texts the result, especially of font locking, may be
|
||
wrong (see `sgml-specials' if you get wrong results).
|
||
|
||
The derived html-mode configures this with tags and attributes more or
|
||
less HTML3ish. It also offers optional quick keys like C-c 1 for
|
||
headline or C-c u for unordered list (see `html-quick-keys'). Edit /
|
||
Text Properties / Face or M-g combinations create tags as applicable.
|
||
Outline minor mode is supported and level 1 font-locking tries to
|
||
fontify tag contents (which only works when they fit on one line, due
|
||
to a limitation in font-lock).
|
||
|
||
External viewing via browse-url can occur automatically upon saving.
|
||
|
||
** M-x imenu-add-to-menubar now adds to the menu bar for the current
|
||
buffer only. If you want to put an Imenu item in the menu bar for all
|
||
buffers that use a particular major mode, use the mode hook, as in
|
||
this example:
|
||
|
||
(add-hook 'emacs-lisp-mode-hook
|
||
'(lambda () (imenu-add-to-menubar "Index")))
|
||
|
||
** Changes in BibTeX mode.
|
||
|
||
*** Field names may now contain digits, hyphens, and underscores.
|
||
|
||
*** Font Lock mode is now supported.
|
||
|
||
*** bibtex-make-optional-field is no longer interactive.
|
||
|
||
*** If bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is non-nil, inserting new
|
||
entries is now done with a faster algorithm. However, inserting
|
||
will fail in this case if the buffer contains invalid entries or
|
||
isn't in sorted order, so you should finish each entry with C-c C-c
|
||
(bibtex-close-entry) after you have inserted or modified it.
|
||
The default value of bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries is nil.
|
||
|
||
*** Function `show-all' is no longer bound to a key, since C-u C-c C-q
|
||
does the same job.
|
||
|
||
*** Entries with quotes inside quote-delimited fields (as `author =
|
||
"Stefan Sch{\"o}f"') are now supported.
|
||
|
||
*** Case in field names doesn't matter anymore when searching for help
|
||
text.
|
||
|
||
** Font Lock mode
|
||
|
||
*** Global Font Lock mode
|
||
|
||
Font Lock mode can be turned on globally, in buffers that support it, by the
|
||
new command global-font-lock-mode. You can use the new variable
|
||
font-lock-global-modes to control which modes have Font Lock mode automagically
|
||
turned on. By default, this variable is set so that Font Lock mode is turned
|
||
on globally where the buffer mode supports it.
|
||
|
||
For example, to automagically turn on Font Lock mode where supported, put:
|
||
|
||
(global-font-lock-mode t)
|
||
|
||
in your ~/.emacs.
|
||
|
||
*** Local Refontification
|
||
|
||
In Font Lock mode, editing a line automatically refontifies that line only.
|
||
However, if your change alters the syntactic context for following lines,
|
||
those lines remain incorrectly fontified. To refontify them, use the new
|
||
command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block).
|
||
|
||
In certain major modes, M-g M-g refontifies the entire current function.
|
||
(The variable font-lock-mark-block-function controls how to find the
|
||
current function.) In other major modes, M-g M-g refontifies 16 lines
|
||
above and below point.
|
||
|
||
With a prefix argument N, M-g M-g refontifies N lines above and below point.
|
||
|
||
** Follow mode
|
||
|
||
Follow mode is a new minor mode combining windows showing the same
|
||
buffer into one tall "virtual window". The windows are typically two
|
||
side-by-side windows. Follow mode makes them scroll together as if
|
||
they were a unit. To use it, go to a frame with just one window,
|
||
split it into two side-by-side windows using C-x 3, and then type M-x
|
||
follow-mode.
|
||
|
||
M-x follow-mode turns off Follow mode if it is already enabled.
|
||
|
||
To display two side-by-side windows and activate Follow mode, use the
|
||
command M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split.
|
||
|
||
** hide-show changes.
|
||
|
||
The hooks hs-hide-hooks and hs-show-hooks have been renamed
|
||
to hs-hide-hook and hs-show-hook, to follow the convention for
|
||
normal hooks.
|
||
|
||
** Simula mode now has a menu containing the most important commands.
|
||
The new command simula-indent-exp is bound to C-M-q.
|
||
|
||
** etags can now handle programs written in Erlang. Files are
|
||
recognised by the extensions .erl and .hrl. The tagged lines are
|
||
those that begin a function, record, or macro.
|
||
|
||
** MSDOS Changes
|
||
|
||
*** It is now possible to compile Emacs with the version 2 of DJGPP.
|
||
Compilation with DJGPP version 1 also still works.
|
||
|
||
*** The documentation of DOS-specific aspects of Emacs was rewritten
|
||
and expanded; see the ``MS-DOS'' node in the on-line docs.
|
||
|
||
*** Emacs now uses ~ for backup file names, not .bak.
|
||
|
||
*** You can simulate mouse-3 on two-button mice by simultaneously
|
||
pressing both mouse buttons.
|
||
|
||
*** A number of packages and commands which previously failed or had
|
||
restricted functionality on MS-DOS, now work. The most important ones
|
||
are:
|
||
|
||
**** Printing (both with `M-x lpr-buffer' and with `ps-print' package)
|
||
now works.
|
||
|
||
**** `Ediff' works (in a single-frame mode).
|
||
|
||
**** `M-x display-time' can be used on MS-DOS (due to the new
|
||
implementation of Emacs timers, see below).
|
||
|
||
**** `Dired' supports Unix-style shell wildcards.
|
||
|
||
**** The `c-macro-expand' command now works as on other platforms.
|
||
|
||
**** `M-x recover-session' works.
|
||
|
||
**** `M-x list-colors-display' displays all the available colors.
|
||
|
||
**** The `TPU-EDT' package works.
|
||
|
||
* Lisp changes in Emacs 19.31.
|
||
|
||
** The function using-unix-filesystems on Windows NT and Windows 95
|
||
tells Emacs to read and write files assuming that they reside on a
|
||
remote Unix filesystem. No CR/LF translation is done on any files in
|
||
this case. Invoking using-unix-filesystems with t activates this
|
||
behavior, and invoking it with any other value deactivates it.
|
||
|
||
** Change in system-type and system-configuration values.
|
||
|
||
The value of system-type on a Linux-based GNU system is now `lignux',
|
||
not `linux'. This means that some programs which use `system-type'
|
||
need to be changed. The value of `system-configuration' will also
|
||
be different.
|
||
|
||
It is generally recommended to use `system-configuration' rather
|
||
than `system-type'.
|
||
|
||
See the file LINUX-GNU in this directory for more about this.
|
||
|
||
** The functions shell-command and dired-call-process
|
||
now run file name handlers for default-directory, if it has them.
|
||
|
||
** Undoing the deletion of text now restores the positions of markers
|
||
that pointed into or next to the deleted text.
|
||
|
||
** Timers created with run-at-time now work internally to Emacs, and
|
||
no longer use a separate process. Therefore, they now work more
|
||
reliably and can be used for shorter time delays.
|
||
|
||
The new function run-with-timer is a convenient way to set up a timer
|
||
to run a specified amount of time after the present. A call looks
|
||
like this:
|
||
|
||
(run-with-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
|
||
|
||
SECS says how many seconds should elapse before the timer happens.
|
||
It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the timer
|
||
becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
|
||
|
||
REPEAT gives the interval for repeating the timer (measured in
|
||
seconds). It may be an integer or a floating point number. nil or 0
|
||
means don't repeat at all--call FUNCTION just once.
|
||
|
||
*** with-timeout provides an easy way to do something but give
|
||
up if too much time passes.
|
||
|
||
(with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
|
||
|
||
This executes BODY, but gives up after SECONDS seconds.
|
||
If it gives up, it runs the TIMEOUT-FORMS and returns the value
|
||
of the last one of them. Normally it returns the value of the last
|
||
form in BODY.
|
||
|
||
*** You can now arrange to call a function whenever Emacs is idle for
|
||
a certain length of time. To do this, call run-with-idle-timer. A
|
||
call looks like this:
|
||
|
||
(run-with-idle-timer SECS REPEAT FUNCTION ARGS...)
|
||
|
||
SECS says how many seconds of idleness should elapse before the timer
|
||
runs. It may be an integer or a floating point number. When the
|
||
timer becomes ripe, the action is to call FUNCTION with arguments
|
||
ARGS.
|
||
|
||
Emacs becomes idle whenever it finishes executing a keyboard or mouse
|
||
command. It remains idle until it receives another keyboard or mouse
|
||
command.
|
||
|
||
REPEAT, if non-nil, means this timer should be activated again each
|
||
time Emacs becomes idle and remains idle for SECS seconds The timer
|
||
does not repeat if Emacs *remains* idle; it runs at most once after
|
||
each time Emacs becomes idle.
|
||
|
||
If REPEAT is nil, the timer runs just once, the first time Emacs is
|
||
idle for SECS seconds.
|
||
|
||
*** post-command-idle-hook is now obsolete; you shouldn't use it at
|
||
all, because it interferes with the idle timer mechanism. If your
|
||
programs use post-command-idle-hook, convert them to use idle timers
|
||
instead.
|
||
|
||
*** y-or-n-p-with-timeout lets you ask a question but give up if
|
||
there is no answer within a certain time.
|
||
|
||
(y-or-n-p-with-timeout PROMPT SECONDS DEFAULT-VALUE)
|
||
|
||
asks the question PROMPT (just like y-or-n-p). If the user answers
|
||
within SECONDS seconds, it returns the answer that the user gave.
|
||
Otherwise it gives up after SECONDS seconds, and returns DEFAULT-VALUE.
|
||
|
||
** Minor change to `encode-time': you can now pass more than seven
|
||
arguments. If you do that, the first six arguments have the usual
|
||
meaning, the last argument is interpreted as the time zone, and the
|
||
arguments in between are ignored.
|
||
|
||
This means that it works to use the list returned by `decode-time' as
|
||
the list of arguments for `encode-time'.
|
||
|
||
** The default value of load-path now includes the directory
|
||
/usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp In addition to
|
||
/usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp. You can use this new directory for
|
||
site-specific Lisp packages that belong with a particular Emacs
|
||
version.
|
||
|
||
It is not unusual for a Lisp package that works well in one Emacs
|
||
version to cause trouble in another. Sometimes packages need updating
|
||
for incompatible changes; sometimes they look at internal data that
|
||
has changed; sometimes the package has been installed in Emacs itself
|
||
and the installed version should be used. Whatever the reason for the
|
||
problem, this new feature makes it easier to solve.
|
||
|
||
** When your program contains a fixed file name (like .completions or
|
||
.abbrev.defs), the file name usually needs to be different on operating
|
||
systems with limited file name syntax.
|
||
|
||
Now you can avoid ad-hoc conditionals by using the function
|
||
convert-standard-filename to convert the file name to a proper form
|
||
for each operating system. Here is an example of use, from the file
|
||
completions.el:
|
||
|
||
(defvar save-completions-file-name
|
||
(convert-standard-filename "~/.completions")
|
||
"*The filename to save completions to.")
|
||
|
||
This sets the variable save-completions-file-name to a value that
|
||
depends on the operating system, because the definition of
|
||
convert-standard-filename depends on the operating system. On
|
||
Unix-like systems, it returns the specified file name unchanged. On
|
||
MS-DOS, it adapts the name to fit the limitations of that system.
|
||
|
||
** The interactive spec N now returns the numeric prefix argument
|
||
rather than the raw prefix argument. (It still reads a number using the
|
||
minibuffer if there is no prefix argument at all.)
|
||
|
||
** When a process is deleted, this no longer disconnects the process
|
||
marker from its buffer position.
|
||
|
||
** The variable garbage-collection-messages now controls whether
|
||
Emacs displays a message at the beginning and end of garbage collection.
|
||
The default is nil, meaning there are no messages.
|
||
|
||
** The variable debug-ignored-errors specifies certain kinds of errors
|
||
that should not enter the debugger. Its value is a list of error
|
||
condition symbols and/or regular expressions. If the error has any
|
||
of the condition symbols listed, or if any of the regular expressions
|
||
matches the error message, then that error does not enter the debugger,
|
||
regardless of the value of debug-on-error.
|
||
|
||
This variable is initialized to match certain common but uninteresting
|
||
errors that happen often during editing.
|
||
|
||
** The new function error-message-string converts an error datum
|
||
into its error message. The error datum is what condition-case
|
||
puts into the variable, to describe the error that happened.
|
||
|
||
** Anything that changes which buffer appears in a given window
|
||
now runs the window-scroll-functions for that window.
|
||
|
||
** The new function get-buffer-window-list returns a list of windows displaying
|
||
a buffer. The function is called with the buffer (a buffer object or a buffer
|
||
name) and two optional arguments specifying the minibuffer windows and frames
|
||
to search. Therefore this function takes optional args like next-window etc.,
|
||
and not get-buffer-window.
|
||
|
||
** buffer-substring now runs the hook buffer-access-fontify-functions,
|
||
calling each function with two arguments--the range of the buffer
|
||
being accessed. buffer-substring-no-properties does not call them.
|
||
|
||
If you use this feature, you should set the variable
|
||
buffer-access-fontified-property to a non-nil symbol, which is a
|
||
property name. Then, if all the characters in the buffer range have a
|
||
non-nil value for that property, the buffer-access-fontify-functions
|
||
are not called. When called, these functions should put a non-nil
|
||
property on the text that they fontify, so that they won't get called
|
||
over and over for the same text.
|
||
|
||
** Changes in lisp-mnt.el
|
||
|
||
*** The lisp-mnt package can now recognize file headers that are written
|
||
in the formats used by the `what' command and the RCS `ident' command:
|
||
|
||
;; @(#) HEADER: text
|
||
;; $HEADER: text $
|
||
|
||
in addition to the normal
|
||
|
||
;; HEADER: text
|
||
|
||
*** The commands lm-verify and lm-synopsis are now interactive. lm-verify
|
||
checks that the library file has proper sections and headers, and
|
||
lm-synopsis extracts first line "synopsis'"information.
|
||
|
||
* For older news, see the file ONEWS.
|
||
|
||
----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||
Copyright information:
|
||
|
||
Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||
|
||
Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
|
||
of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
|
||
copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
|
||
thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
|
||
|
||
Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
|
||
of this document, or of portions of it,
|
||
under the above conditions, provided also that they
|
||
carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
|
||
|
||
Local variables:
|
||
mode: outline
|
||
paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
|
||
end:
|